1 /* 2 * CDDL HEADER START 3 * 4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the 5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). 6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. 7 * 8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE 9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. 10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions 11 * and limitations under the License. 12 * 13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each 14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. 15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the 16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying 17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] 18 * 19 * CDDL HEADER END 20 */ 21 22 /* 23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. 24 * Copyright (c) 2011, 2019 by Delphix. All rights reserved. 25 * Copyright (c) 2015, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. 26 * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved. 27 * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved. 28 * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com] 29 * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com> 30 * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc. 31 * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. 32 * Copyright (c) 2017 Datto Inc. 33 * Copyright 2018 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association. 34 */ 35 36 /* 37 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator 38 * 39 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state. 40 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a 41 * pool. 42 */ 43 44 #include <sys/zfs_context.h> 45 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h> 46 #include <sys/spa_impl.h> 47 #include <sys/zio.h> 48 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h> 49 #include <sys/dmu.h> 50 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h> 51 #include <sys/zap.h> 52 #include <sys/zil.h> 53 #include <sys/ddt.h> 54 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h> 55 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h> 56 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h> 57 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h> 58 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h> 59 #include <sys/metaslab.h> 60 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h> 61 #include <sys/mmp.h> 62 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h> 63 #include <sys/txg.h> 64 #include <sys/avl.h> 65 #include <sys/bpobj.h> 66 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h> 67 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h> 68 #include <sys/unique.h> 69 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h> 70 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h> 71 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h> 72 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h> 73 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h> 74 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h> 75 #include <sys/arc.h> 76 #include <sys/callb.h> 77 #include <sys/systeminfo.h> 78 #include <sys/spa_boot.h> 79 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h> 80 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h> 81 #include <sys/zfeature.h> 82 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h> 83 #include <sys/abd.h> 84 85 #ifdef _KERNEL 86 #include <sys/bootprops.h> 87 #include <sys/callb.h> 88 #include <sys/cpupart.h> 89 #include <sys/pool.h> 90 #include <sys/sysdc.h> 91 #include <sys/zone.h> 92 #endif /* _KERNEL */ 93 94 #include "zfs_prop.h" 95 #include "zfs_comutil.h" 96 97 /* 98 * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes 99 * should be retried. 100 */ 101 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300; 102 103 typedef enum zti_modes { 104 ZTI_MODE_FIXED, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */ 105 ZTI_MODE_BATCH, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */ 106 ZTI_MODE_NULL, /* don't create a taskq */ 107 ZTI_NMODES 108 } zti_modes_t; 109 110 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) } 111 #define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 } 112 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 } 113 114 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1) 115 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1) 116 117 typedef struct zio_taskq_info { 118 zti_modes_t zti_mode; 119 uint_t zti_value; 120 uint_t zti_count; 121 } zio_taskq_info_t; 122 123 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = { 124 "issue", "issue_high", "intr", "intr_high" 125 }; 126 127 /* 128 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When 129 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized 130 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static 131 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE 132 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH 133 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations 134 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a a 135 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an 136 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per- 137 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the 138 * particular taskq is chosen at random. 139 * 140 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue 141 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that 142 * need to be handled with minimum delay. 143 */ 144 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = { 145 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */ 146 { ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */ 147 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL, ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */ 148 { ZTI_BATCH, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_N(8), ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */ 149 { ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */ 150 { ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */ 151 { ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */ 152 }; 153 154 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx); 155 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx); 156 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa); 157 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport); 158 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa); 159 160 uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */ 161 id_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE; 162 boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE; /* use SDC scheduling class */ 163 uint_t zio_taskq_basedc = 80; /* base duty cycle */ 164 165 boolean_t spa_create_process = B_TRUE; /* no process ==> no sysdc */ 166 extern int zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free; 167 168 /* 169 * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load. 170 * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools. 171 */ 172 boolean_t spa_load_verify_dryrun = B_FALSE; 173 174 /* 175 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order 176 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices. 177 */ 178 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import" 179 180 /* 181 * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import. 182 */ 183 boolean_t spa_load_print_vdev_tree = B_FALSE; 184 185 /* 186 * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing 187 * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced 188 * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with 189 * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their 190 * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue". 191 * 192 * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all 193 * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been 194 * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the 195 * addition of that device should be completely intact. 196 * 197 * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are 198 * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be 199 * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently. 200 * 201 * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries 202 * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that 203 * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be 204 * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks. 205 */ 206 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds = 0; 207 208 /* 209 * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only 210 * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which 211 * might be incomplete or out-dated. 212 * 213 * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have 214 * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered. 215 * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices 216 * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose 217 * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available 218 * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config. 219 */ 220 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1; 221 222 /* 223 * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks 224 * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have 225 * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes. 226 */ 227 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan = 0; 228 229 /* 230 * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end. 231 */ 232 boolean_t zfs_pause_spa_sync = B_FALSE; 233 234 /* 235 * ========================================================================== 236 * SPA properties routines 237 * ========================================================================== 238 */ 239 240 /* 241 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist. 242 */ 243 static void 244 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval, 245 uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src) 246 { 247 const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop); 248 nvlist_t *propval; 249 250 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 251 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0); 252 253 if (strval != NULL) 254 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0); 255 else 256 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0); 257 258 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0); 259 nvlist_free(propval); 260 } 261 262 /* 263 * Get property values from the spa configuration. 264 */ 265 static void 266 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp) 267 { 268 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 269 dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool; 270 uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version; 271 zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE; 272 spa_config_dirent_t *dp; 273 metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa); 274 275 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock)); 276 277 if (rvd != NULL) { 278 alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc); 279 alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa)); 280 alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa)); 281 282 size = metaslab_class_get_space(mc); 283 size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa)); 284 size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa)); 285 286 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src); 287 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src); 288 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src); 289 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL, 290 size - alloc, src); 291 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT, NULL, 292 spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_dspace, src); 293 294 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL, 295 metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src); 296 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL, 297 metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src); 298 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL, 299 (spa_mode(spa) == FREAD), src); 300 301 cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size); 302 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src); 303 304 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL, 305 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src); 306 307 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL, 308 rvd->vdev_state, src); 309 310 version = spa_version(spa); 311 if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION)) 312 src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT; 313 else 314 src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL; 315 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL, version, src); 316 } 317 318 if (pool != NULL) { 319 /* 320 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS, 321 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL. 322 */ 323 if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) { 324 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL, 325 dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes, 326 src); 327 } else { 328 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, 329 NULL, 0, src); 330 } 331 332 if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) { 333 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL, 334 dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes, 335 src); 336 } else { 337 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, 338 NULL, 0, src); 339 } 340 } 341 342 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src); 343 344 if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) { 345 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment, 346 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL); 347 } 348 349 if (spa->spa_root != NULL) 350 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root, 351 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL); 352 353 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) { 354 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL, 355 MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE); 356 } else { 357 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL, 358 SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE); 359 } 360 361 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE)) { 362 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL, 363 DNODE_MAX_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE); 364 } else { 365 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL, 366 DNODE_MIN_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE); 367 } 368 369 if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) { 370 if (dp->scd_path == NULL) { 371 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE, 372 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL); 373 } else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) { 374 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE, 375 dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL); 376 } 377 } 378 } 379 380 /* 381 * Get zpool property values. 382 */ 383 int 384 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp) 385 { 386 objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset; 387 zap_cursor_t zc; 388 zap_attribute_t za; 389 int err; 390 391 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 392 393 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock); 394 395 /* 396 * Get properties from the spa config. 397 */ 398 spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp); 399 400 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */ 401 if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) { 402 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock); 403 return (0); 404 } 405 406 /* 407 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object. 408 */ 409 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object); 410 (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0; 411 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) { 412 uint64_t intval = 0; 413 char *strval = NULL; 414 zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT; 415 zpool_prop_t prop; 416 417 if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL) 418 continue; 419 420 switch (za.za_integer_length) { 421 case 8: 422 /* integer property */ 423 if (za.za_first_integer != 424 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop)) 425 src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL; 426 427 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) { 428 dsl_pool_t *dp; 429 dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL; 430 431 dp = spa_get_dsl(spa); 432 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG); 433 err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp, 434 za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds); 435 if (err != 0) { 436 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG); 437 break; 438 } 439 440 strval = kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN, 441 KM_SLEEP); 442 dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval); 443 dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG); 444 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG); 445 } else { 446 strval = NULL; 447 intval = za.za_first_integer; 448 } 449 450 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src); 451 452 if (strval != NULL) 453 kmem_free(strval, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN); 454 455 break; 456 457 case 1: 458 /* string property */ 459 strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP); 460 err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object, 461 za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval); 462 if (err) { 463 kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers); 464 break; 465 } 466 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src); 467 kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers); 468 break; 469 470 default: 471 break; 472 } 473 } 474 zap_cursor_fini(&zc); 475 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock); 476 out: 477 if (err && err != ENOENT) { 478 nvlist_free(*nvp); 479 *nvp = NULL; 480 return (err); 481 } 482 483 return (0); 484 } 485 486 /* 487 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list 488 * for the property values to be set. 489 */ 490 static int 491 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props) 492 { 493 nvpair_t *elem; 494 int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0; 495 uint64_t objnum = 0; 496 boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE; 497 498 elem = NULL; 499 while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) { 500 uint64_t intval; 501 char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname; 502 const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem); 503 zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname); 504 505 switch (prop) { 506 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL: 507 if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) { 508 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 509 break; 510 } 511 512 /* 513 * Sanitize the input. 514 */ 515 if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) { 516 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 517 break; 518 } 519 520 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) { 521 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 522 break; 523 } 524 525 if (intval != 0) { 526 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 527 break; 528 } 529 530 fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1; 531 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) { 532 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 533 break; 534 } 535 536 has_feature = B_TRUE; 537 break; 538 539 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION: 540 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval); 541 if (!error && 542 (intval < spa_version(spa) || 543 intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES || 544 has_feature)) 545 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 546 break; 547 548 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION: 549 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE: 550 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS: 551 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND: 552 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval); 553 if (!error && intval > 1) 554 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 555 break; 556 557 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST: 558 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval); 559 if (!error && intval > 1) 560 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 561 562 if (!error && !spa_get_hostid()) 563 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP); 564 565 break; 566 567 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS: 568 /* 569 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS, 570 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0), 571 * the bootfs property cannot be set. 572 */ 573 if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) { 574 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP); 575 break; 576 } 577 578 /* 579 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable 580 */ 581 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) { 582 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP); 583 break; 584 } 585 586 reset_bootfs = 1; 587 588 error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval); 589 590 if (!error) { 591 objset_t *os; 592 uint64_t propval; 593 594 if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') { 595 objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric( 596 ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS); 597 break; 598 } 599 600 error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os); 601 if (error != 0) 602 break; 603 604 /* 605 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings 606 * must be supported. 607 */ 608 609 if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) { 610 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP); 611 } else if ((error = 612 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os), 613 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION), 614 &propval)) == 0 && 615 !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval)) { 616 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP); 617 } else { 618 objnum = dmu_objset_id(os); 619 } 620 dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG); 621 } 622 break; 623 624 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE: 625 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval); 626 if (!error && (intval < ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_WAIT || 627 intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC)) 628 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 629 630 /* 631 * This is a special case which only occurs when 632 * the pool has completely failed. This allows 633 * the user to change the in-core failmode property 634 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might 635 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning 636 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it 637 * into thinking we encountered a property validation 638 * error. 639 */ 640 if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) { 641 spa->spa_failmode = intval; 642 error = SET_ERROR(EIO); 643 } 644 break; 645 646 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE: 647 if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0) 648 break; 649 650 if (strval[0] == '\0') 651 break; 652 653 if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0) 654 break; 655 656 if (strval[0] != '/') { 657 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 658 break; 659 } 660 661 slash = strrchr(strval, '/'); 662 ASSERT(slash != NULL); 663 664 if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 || 665 strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0) 666 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 667 break; 668 669 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT: 670 if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0) 671 break; 672 for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) { 673 /* 674 * The kernel doesn't have an easy isprint() 675 * check. For this kernel check, we merely 676 * check ASCII apart from DEL. Fix this if 677 * there is an easy-to-use kernel isprint(). 678 */ 679 if (*check >= 0x7f) { 680 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 681 break; 682 } 683 } 684 if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT) 685 error = E2BIG; 686 break; 687 688 case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO: 689 if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP) 690 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP); 691 else 692 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval); 693 if (error == 0 && 694 intval != 0 && intval < ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN) 695 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 696 break; 697 } 698 699 if (error) 700 break; 701 } 702 703 if (!error && reset_bootfs) { 704 error = nvlist_remove(props, 705 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING); 706 707 if (!error) { 708 error = nvlist_add_uint64(props, 709 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum); 710 } 711 } 712 713 return (error); 714 } 715 716 void 717 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync) 718 { 719 char *cachefile; 720 spa_config_dirent_t *dp; 721 722 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE), 723 &cachefile) != 0) 724 return; 725 726 dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t), 727 KM_SLEEP); 728 729 if (cachefile[0] == '\0') 730 dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path); 731 else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0) 732 dp->scd_path = NULL; 733 else 734 dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile); 735 736 list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp); 737 if (need_sync) 738 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE); 739 } 740 741 int 742 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp) 743 { 744 int error; 745 nvpair_t *elem = NULL; 746 boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE; 747 748 if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0) 749 return (error); 750 751 while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) { 752 zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem)); 753 754 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE || 755 prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT || 756 prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY) 757 continue; 758 759 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL) { 760 uint64_t ver; 761 762 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) { 763 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0); 764 } else { 765 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem))); 766 ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES; 767 need_sync = B_TRUE; 768 } 769 770 /* Save time if the version is already set. */ 771 if (ver == spa_version(spa)) 772 continue; 773 774 /* 775 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might 776 * create the pool properties object, the features for 777 * read object, the features for write object, or the 778 * feature descriptions object. 779 */ 780 error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, 781 spa_sync_version, &ver, 782 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED); 783 if (error) 784 return (error); 785 continue; 786 } 787 788 need_sync = B_TRUE; 789 break; 790 } 791 792 if (need_sync) { 793 return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props, 794 nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED)); 795 } 796 797 return (0); 798 } 799 800 /* 801 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it. 802 */ 803 void 804 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx) 805 { 806 if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) { 807 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset, 808 spa->spa_pool_props_object, 809 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0); 810 spa->spa_bootfs = 0; 811 } 812 } 813 814 /*ARGSUSED*/ 815 static int 816 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx) 817 { 818 uint64_t *newguid = arg; 819 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa; 820 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 821 uint64_t vdev_state; 822 823 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) { 824 int error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ? 825 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT; 826 return (SET_ERROR(error)); 827 } 828 829 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 830 vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state; 831 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG); 832 833 if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY) 834 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO)); 835 836 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid); 837 838 return (0); 839 } 840 841 static void 842 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx) 843 { 844 uint64_t *newguid = arg; 845 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa; 846 uint64_t oldguid; 847 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 848 849 oldguid = spa_guid(spa); 850 851 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 852 rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid; 853 rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid); 854 vdev_config_dirty(rvd); 855 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG); 856 857 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu", 858 oldguid, *newguid); 859 } 860 861 /* 862 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later 863 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify 864 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our 865 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are 866 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present 867 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a 868 * sysevent to update any watchers. 869 */ 870 int 871 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa) 872 { 873 int error; 874 uint64_t guid; 875 876 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock); 877 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 878 guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL); 879 880 error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check, 881 spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED); 882 883 if (error == 0) { 884 spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE); 885 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID); 886 } 887 888 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 889 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock); 890 891 return (error); 892 } 893 894 /* 895 * ========================================================================== 896 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export) 897 * ========================================================================== 898 */ 899 900 static int 901 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b) 902 { 903 const spa_error_entry_t *sa = (const spa_error_entry_t *)a; 904 const spa_error_entry_t *sb = (const spa_error_entry_t *)b; 905 int ret; 906 907 ret = memcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark, 908 sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t)); 909 910 return (AVL_ISIGN(ret)); 911 } 912 913 /* 914 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and 915 * re-initializes them in the process. 916 */ 917 void 918 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub) 919 { 920 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock)); 921 922 bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t)); 923 bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t)); 924 925 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, 926 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t), 927 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl)); 928 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last, 929 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t), 930 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl)); 931 } 932 933 static void 934 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q) 935 { 936 const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q]; 937 enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode; 938 uint_t value = ztip->zti_value; 939 uint_t count = ztip->zti_count; 940 spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q]; 941 char name[32]; 942 uint_t flags = 0; 943 boolean_t batch = B_FALSE; 944 945 if (mode == ZTI_MODE_NULL) { 946 tqs->stqs_count = 0; 947 tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL; 948 return; 949 } 950 951 ASSERT3U(count, >, 0); 952 953 tqs->stqs_count = count; 954 tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP); 955 956 switch (mode) { 957 case ZTI_MODE_FIXED: 958 ASSERT3U(value, >=, 1); 959 value = MAX(value, 1); 960 break; 961 962 case ZTI_MODE_BATCH: 963 batch = B_TRUE; 964 flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT; 965 value = zio_taskq_batch_pct; 966 break; 967 968 default: 969 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in " 970 "spa_activate()", 971 zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value); 972 break; 973 } 974 975 for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) { 976 taskq_t *tq; 977 978 if (count > 1) { 979 (void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u", 980 zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i); 981 } else { 982 (void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s", 983 zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]); 984 } 985 986 if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) { 987 if (batch) 988 flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH; 989 990 tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX, 991 spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags); 992 } else { 993 pri_t pri = maxclsyspri; 994 /* 995 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU 996 * intensive. Run it at slightly lower priority 997 * than the other taskqs. 998 */ 999 if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE) 1000 pri--; 1001 1002 tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50, 1003 INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags); 1004 } 1005 1006 tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq; 1007 } 1008 } 1009 1010 static void 1011 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q) 1012 { 1013 spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q]; 1014 1015 if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) { 1016 ASSERT0(tqs->stqs_count); 1017 return; 1018 } 1019 1020 for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) { 1021 ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL); 1022 taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]); 1023 } 1024 1025 kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *)); 1026 tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL; 1027 } 1028 1029 /* 1030 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority. 1031 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention 1032 * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using 1033 * the low bits of gethrtime(). 1034 */ 1035 void 1036 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q, 1037 task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent) 1038 { 1039 spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q]; 1040 taskq_t *tq; 1041 1042 ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL); 1043 ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0); 1044 1045 if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) { 1046 tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0]; 1047 } else { 1048 tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[gethrtime() % tqs->stqs_count]; 1049 } 1050 1051 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent); 1052 } 1053 1054 static void 1055 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa) 1056 { 1057 for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) { 1058 for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) { 1059 spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q); 1060 } 1061 } 1062 } 1063 1064 #ifdef _KERNEL 1065 static void 1066 spa_thread(void *arg) 1067 { 1068 callb_cpr_t cprinfo; 1069 1070 spa_t *spa = arg; 1071 user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc); 1072 1073 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr, 1074 spa->spa_name); 1075 1076 ASSERT(curproc != &p0); 1077 (void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs), 1078 "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name); 1079 (void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm)); 1080 1081 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */ 1082 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) { 1083 pool_lock(); 1084 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock); 1085 mutex_enter(&pidlock); 1086 mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock); 1087 1088 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind, 1089 0, NULL, NULL) == 0) { 1090 curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind; 1091 } else { 1092 cmn_err(CE_WARN, 1093 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to " 1094 "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind); 1095 } 1096 1097 mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock); 1098 mutex_exit(&pidlock); 1099 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock); 1100 pool_unlock(); 1101 } 1102 1103 if (zio_taskq_sysdc) { 1104 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0); 1105 } 1106 1107 spa->spa_proc = curproc; 1108 spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did; 1109 1110 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa); 1111 1112 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock); 1113 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED); 1114 1115 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE; 1116 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv); 1117 1118 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo); 1119 while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE) 1120 cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock); 1121 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock); 1122 1123 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE); 1124 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE; 1125 spa->spa_proc = &p0; 1126 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv); 1127 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo); /* drops spa_proc_lock */ 1128 1129 mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock); 1130 lwp_exit(); 1131 } 1132 #endif 1133 1134 /* 1135 * Activate an uninitialized pool. 1136 */ 1137 static void 1138 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, int mode) 1139 { 1140 ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED); 1141 1142 spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE; 1143 spa->spa_mode = mode; 1144 1145 spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops); 1146 spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops); 1147 spa->spa_special_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops); 1148 spa->spa_dedup_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops); 1149 1150 /* Try to create a covering process */ 1151 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock); 1152 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE); 1153 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0); 1154 spa->spa_did = 0; 1155 1156 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */ 1157 if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) { 1158 if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri, 1159 NULL, 0) == 0) { 1160 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED; 1161 while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) { 1162 cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, 1163 &spa->spa_proc_lock); 1164 } 1165 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE); 1166 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0); 1167 ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0); 1168 } else { 1169 #ifdef _KERNEL 1170 cmn_err(CE_WARN, 1171 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n", 1172 spa->spa_name); 1173 #endif 1174 } 1175 } 1176 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock); 1177 1178 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */ 1179 if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) { 1180 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa); 1181 } 1182 1183 for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) { 1184 spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 1185 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL); 1186 } 1187 1188 list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t), 1189 offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node)); 1190 list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t), 1191 offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node)); 1192 list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t), 1193 offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node)); 1194 1195 txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, spa, 1196 offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node)); 1197 1198 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, 1199 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t), 1200 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl)); 1201 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last, 1202 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t), 1203 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl)); 1204 1205 spa_keystore_init(&spa->spa_keystore); 1206 } 1207 1208 /* 1209 * Opposite of spa_activate(). 1210 */ 1211 static void 1212 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa) 1213 { 1214 ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE); 1215 ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL); 1216 ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL); 1217 ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL); 1218 ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED); 1219 1220 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa); 1221 1222 txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list); 1223 1224 list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list); 1225 list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list); 1226 list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list); 1227 1228 for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) { 1229 for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) { 1230 spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q); 1231 } 1232 } 1233 1234 for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) { 1235 ASSERT3P(spa->spa_txg_zio[i], !=, NULL); 1236 VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[i])); 1237 spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = NULL; 1238 } 1239 1240 metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class); 1241 spa->spa_normal_class = NULL; 1242 1243 metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class); 1244 spa->spa_log_class = NULL; 1245 1246 metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_special_class); 1247 spa->spa_special_class = NULL; 1248 1249 metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_dedup_class); 1250 spa->spa_dedup_class = NULL; 1251 1252 /* 1253 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may 1254 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case. 1255 */ 1256 spa_errlog_drain(spa); 1257 avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub); 1258 avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last); 1259 1260 spa_keystore_fini(&spa->spa_keystore); 1261 1262 spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED; 1263 1264 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock); 1265 if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) { 1266 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE); 1267 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE; 1268 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv); 1269 while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) { 1270 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0); 1271 cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock); 1272 } 1273 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE); 1274 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE; 1275 } 1276 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0); 1277 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock); 1278 1279 /* 1280 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS 1281 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath 1282 * it. 1283 */ 1284 if (spa->spa_did != 0) { 1285 thread_join(spa->spa_did); 1286 spa->spa_did = 0; 1287 } 1288 } 1289 1290 /* 1291 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This 1292 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev 1293 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import. 1294 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine. 1295 */ 1296 static int 1297 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent, 1298 uint_t id, int atype) 1299 { 1300 nvlist_t **child; 1301 uint_t children; 1302 int error; 1303 1304 if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0) 1305 return (error); 1306 1307 if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) 1308 return (0); 1309 1310 error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, 1311 &child, &children); 1312 1313 if (error == ENOENT) 1314 return (0); 1315 1316 if (error) { 1317 vdev_free(*vdp); 1318 *vdp = NULL; 1319 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL)); 1320 } 1321 1322 for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) { 1323 vdev_t *vd; 1324 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c, 1325 atype)) != 0) { 1326 vdev_free(*vdp); 1327 *vdp = NULL; 1328 return (error); 1329 } 1330 } 1331 1332 ASSERT(*vdp != NULL); 1333 1334 return (0); 1335 } 1336 1337 /* 1338 * Opposite of spa_load(). 1339 */ 1340 static void 1341 spa_unload(spa_t *spa) 1342 { 1343 int i; 1344 1345 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 1346 1347 spa_load_note(spa, "UNLOADING"); 1348 1349 /* 1350 * Stop async tasks. 1351 */ 1352 spa_async_suspend(spa); 1353 1354 if (spa->spa_root_vdev) { 1355 vdev_initialize_stop_all(spa->spa_root_vdev, 1356 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE); 1357 } 1358 1359 /* 1360 * Stop syncing. 1361 */ 1362 if (spa->spa_sync_on) { 1363 txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool); 1364 spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE; 1365 } 1366 1367 /* 1368 * Even though vdev_free() also calls vdev_metaslab_fini, we need 1369 * to call it earlier, before we wait for async i/o to complete. 1370 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching, by 1371 * calling taskq_wait(mg_taskq). 1372 */ 1373 if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) { 1374 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER); 1375 for (int c = 0; c < spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_children; c++) 1376 vdev_metaslab_fini(spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]); 1377 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa); 1378 } 1379 1380 if (spa->spa_mmp.mmp_thread) 1381 mmp_thread_stop(spa); 1382 1383 /* 1384 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete. 1385 */ 1386 if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) { 1387 for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) 1388 (void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]); 1389 kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *)); 1390 spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL; 1391 } 1392 1393 if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) { 1394 spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa->spa_vdev_removal); 1395 spa->spa_vdev_removal = NULL; 1396 } 1397 1398 if (spa->spa_condense_zthr != NULL) { 1399 zthr_destroy(spa->spa_condense_zthr); 1400 spa->spa_condense_zthr = NULL; 1401 } 1402 1403 if (spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr != NULL) { 1404 zthr_destroy(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr); 1405 spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr = NULL; 1406 } 1407 1408 spa_condense_fini(spa); 1409 1410 bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj); 1411 1412 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER); 1413 1414 /* 1415 * Close all vdevs. 1416 */ 1417 if (spa->spa_root_vdev) 1418 vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev); 1419 ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL); 1420 1421 /* 1422 * Close the dsl pool. 1423 */ 1424 if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) { 1425 dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool); 1426 spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL; 1427 spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL; 1428 } 1429 1430 ddt_unload(spa); 1431 1432 /* 1433 * Drop and purge level 2 cache 1434 */ 1435 spa_l2cache_drop(spa); 1436 1437 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) 1438 vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]); 1439 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) { 1440 kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs, 1441 spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *)); 1442 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL; 1443 } 1444 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) { 1445 nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config); 1446 spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL; 1447 } 1448 spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0; 1449 1450 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) { 1451 vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]); 1452 vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]); 1453 } 1454 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) { 1455 kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs, 1456 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *)); 1457 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL; 1458 } 1459 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) { 1460 nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config); 1461 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL; 1462 } 1463 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0; 1464 1465 spa->spa_async_suspended = 0; 1466 1467 spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_FALSE; 1468 1469 if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) { 1470 spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment); 1471 spa->spa_comment = NULL; 1472 } 1473 1474 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa); 1475 } 1476 1477 /* 1478 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for 1479 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in 1480 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and 1481 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information. 1482 */ 1483 void 1484 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa) 1485 { 1486 nvlist_t **spares; 1487 uint_t nspares; 1488 int i; 1489 vdev_t *vd, *tvd; 1490 1491 #ifndef _KERNEL 1492 /* 1493 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the 1494 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t. 1495 * 1496 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading 1497 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool. 1498 */ 1499 if (!spa_writeable(spa)) 1500 return; 1501 #endif 1502 1503 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL); 1504 1505 /* 1506 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs. 1507 */ 1508 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) { 1509 vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]; 1510 1511 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */ 1512 if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid, 1513 B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare) 1514 spa_spare_remove(tvd); 1515 vdev_close(vd); 1516 vdev_free(vd); 1517 } 1518 1519 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) 1520 kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs, 1521 spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *)); 1522 1523 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL) 1524 nspares = 0; 1525 else 1526 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 1527 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0); 1528 1529 spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares; 1530 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL; 1531 1532 if (nspares == 0) 1533 return; 1534 1535 /* 1536 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the 1537 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t 1538 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only 1539 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev 1540 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and 1541 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the 1542 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare. 1543 */ 1544 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_alloc(nspares * sizeof (void *), 1545 KM_SLEEP); 1546 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) { 1547 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0, 1548 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0); 1549 ASSERT(vd != NULL); 1550 1551 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd; 1552 1553 if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid, 1554 B_FALSE)) != NULL) { 1555 if (!tvd->vdev_isspare) 1556 spa_spare_add(tvd); 1557 1558 /* 1559 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully 1560 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool 1561 * with a bad active spare would result in strange 1562 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare 1563 * is actively in use. 1564 * 1565 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre 1566 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later 1567 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given 1568 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity 1569 * it adds, we ignore the possibility. 1570 */ 1571 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd)) 1572 spa_spare_activate(tvd); 1573 } 1574 1575 vd->vdev_top = vd; 1576 vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares; 1577 1578 if (vdev_open(vd) != 0) 1579 continue; 1580 1581 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0) 1582 spa_spare_add(vd); 1583 } 1584 1585 /* 1586 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information 1587 * this time. 1588 */ 1589 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, 1590 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0); 1591 1592 spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *), 1593 KM_SLEEP); 1594 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) 1595 spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, 1596 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE); 1597 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 1598 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0); 1599 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) 1600 nvlist_free(spares[i]); 1601 kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *)); 1602 } 1603 1604 /* 1605 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for 1606 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in 1607 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and 1608 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information. 1609 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are 1610 * not re-opened. 1611 */ 1612 void 1613 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa) 1614 { 1615 nvlist_t **l2cache; 1616 uint_t nl2cache; 1617 int i, j, oldnvdevs; 1618 uint64_t guid; 1619 vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs; 1620 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache; 1621 1622 #ifndef _KERNEL 1623 /* 1624 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the 1625 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t. 1626 * 1627 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open 1628 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed 1629 * state of the pool. 1630 */ 1631 if (!spa_writeable(spa)) 1632 return; 1633 #endif 1634 1635 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL); 1636 1637 if (sav->sav_config != NULL) { 1638 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, 1639 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0); 1640 newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP); 1641 } else { 1642 nl2cache = 0; 1643 newvdevs = NULL; 1644 } 1645 1646 oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs; 1647 oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count; 1648 sav->sav_vdevs = NULL; 1649 sav->sav_count = 0; 1650 1651 /* 1652 * Process new nvlist of vdevs. 1653 */ 1654 for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) { 1655 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, 1656 &guid) == 0); 1657 1658 newvdevs[i] = NULL; 1659 for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) { 1660 vd = oldvdevs[j]; 1661 if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) { 1662 /* 1663 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops. 1664 */ 1665 newvdevs[i] = vd; 1666 oldvdevs[j] = NULL; 1667 break; 1668 } 1669 } 1670 1671 if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) { 1672 /* 1673 * Create new vdev 1674 */ 1675 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0, 1676 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0); 1677 ASSERT(vd != NULL); 1678 newvdevs[i] = vd; 1679 1680 /* 1681 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device, 1682 * even if it fails to open. 1683 */ 1684 spa_l2cache_add(vd); 1685 1686 vd->vdev_top = vd; 1687 vd->vdev_aux = sav; 1688 1689 spa_l2cache_activate(vd); 1690 1691 if (vdev_open(vd) != 0) 1692 continue; 1693 1694 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd); 1695 1696 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd)) 1697 l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd); 1698 } 1699 } 1700 1701 /* 1702 * Purge vdevs that were dropped 1703 */ 1704 for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) { 1705 uint64_t pool; 1706 1707 vd = oldvdevs[i]; 1708 if (vd != NULL) { 1709 ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache); 1710 1711 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) && 1712 pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd)) 1713 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd); 1714 vdev_clear_stats(vd); 1715 vdev_free(vd); 1716 } 1717 } 1718 1719 if (oldvdevs) 1720 kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *)); 1721 1722 if (sav->sav_config == NULL) 1723 goto out; 1724 1725 sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs; 1726 sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache; 1727 1728 /* 1729 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status 1730 * information this time. 1731 */ 1732 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, 1733 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0); 1734 1735 l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP); 1736 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) 1737 l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, 1738 sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE); 1739 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, 1740 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0); 1741 out: 1742 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) 1743 nvlist_free(l2cache[i]); 1744 if (sav->sav_count) 1745 kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *)); 1746 } 1747 1748 static int 1749 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value) 1750 { 1751 dmu_buf_t *db; 1752 char *packed = NULL; 1753 size_t nvsize = 0; 1754 int error; 1755 *value = NULL; 1756 1757 error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db); 1758 if (error != 0) 1759 return (error); 1760 1761 nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data; 1762 dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG); 1763 1764 packed = kmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP); 1765 error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed, 1766 DMU_READ_PREFETCH); 1767 if (error == 0) 1768 error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0); 1769 kmem_free(packed, nvsize); 1770 1771 return (error); 1772 } 1773 1774 /* 1775 * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every 1776 * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds. 1777 */ 1778 static uint64_t 1779 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t *spa) 1780 { 1781 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 1782 uint64_t tvds = 0; 1783 1784 for (uint64_t i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) { 1785 vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[i]; 1786 if (vd->vdev_islog) 1787 continue; 1788 if (vdev_is_concrete(vd) && !vdev_is_dead(vd)) 1789 tvds++; 1790 } 1791 1792 return (tvds); 1793 } 1794 1795 /* 1796 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a 1797 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed. 1798 */ 1799 static void 1800 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd) 1801 { 1802 for (uint64_t c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) 1803 spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]); 1804 1805 if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) && 1806 vdev_is_concrete(vd)) { 1807 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd); 1808 spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK); 1809 } 1810 } 1811 1812 static int 1813 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t *spa) 1814 { 1815 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 1816 1817 /* 1818 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional 1819 * diagnostic information about missing log devices. 1820 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing. 1821 */ 1822 if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) { 1823 nvlist_t **child, *nv; 1824 uint64_t idx = 0; 1825 1826 child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t **), 1827 KM_SLEEP); 1828 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 1829 1830 for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 1831 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 1832 1833 /* 1834 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed 1835 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered 1836 * as missing). 1837 */ 1838 if (tvd->vdev_islog && 1839 tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) { 1840 child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, tvd, 1841 B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING); 1842 } 1843 } 1844 1845 if (idx > 0) { 1846 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv, 1847 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx); 1848 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info, 1849 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv); 1850 1851 for (uint64_t i = 0; i < idx; i++) 1852 nvlist_free(child[i]); 1853 } 1854 nvlist_free(nv); 1855 kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **)); 1856 1857 if (idx > 0) { 1858 spa_load_failed(spa, "some log devices are missing"); 1859 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2); 1860 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO)); 1861 } 1862 } else { 1863 for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 1864 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 1865 1866 if (tvd->vdev_islog && 1867 tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) { 1868 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR); 1869 spa_load_note(spa, "some log devices are " 1870 "missing, ZIL is dropped."); 1871 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2); 1872 break; 1873 } 1874 } 1875 } 1876 1877 return (0); 1878 } 1879 1880 /* 1881 * Check for missing log devices 1882 */ 1883 static boolean_t 1884 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa) 1885 { 1886 boolean_t rv = B_FALSE; 1887 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa); 1888 1889 switch (spa->spa_log_state) { 1890 case SPA_LOG_MISSING: 1891 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */ 1892 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN: 1893 rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj, 1894 zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0); 1895 if (rv) 1896 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING); 1897 break; 1898 } 1899 return (rv); 1900 } 1901 1902 static boolean_t 1903 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa) 1904 { 1905 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 1906 boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE; 1907 1908 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER)); 1909 1910 if (!spa_has_slogs(spa)) 1911 return (B_FALSE); 1912 1913 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 1914 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 1915 metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg; 1916 1917 if (tvd->vdev_islog) { 1918 metaslab_group_passivate(mg); 1919 slog_found = B_TRUE; 1920 } 1921 } 1922 1923 return (slog_found); 1924 } 1925 1926 static void 1927 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa) 1928 { 1929 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 1930 1931 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER)); 1932 1933 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 1934 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 1935 metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg; 1936 1937 if (tvd->vdev_islog) 1938 metaslab_group_activate(mg); 1939 } 1940 } 1941 1942 int 1943 spa_reset_logs(spa_t *spa) 1944 { 1945 int error; 1946 1947 error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_reset, 1948 NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN); 1949 if (error == 0) { 1950 /* 1951 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the 1952 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed 1953 * by zil_sync(). 1954 */ 1955 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0); 1956 } 1957 return (error); 1958 } 1959 1960 static void 1961 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav) 1962 { 1963 for (int i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) 1964 spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]); 1965 } 1966 1967 void 1968 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio) 1969 { 1970 spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa; 1971 1972 if (zio->io_error) 1973 return; 1974 1975 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock); /* any mutex will do */ 1976 if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth) 1977 spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth; 1978 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock); 1979 } 1980 1981 typedef struct spa_load_error { 1982 uint64_t sle_meta_count; 1983 uint64_t sle_data_count; 1984 } spa_load_error_t; 1985 1986 static void 1987 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio) 1988 { 1989 blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp; 1990 spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private; 1991 dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp); 1992 int error = zio->io_error; 1993 spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa; 1994 1995 abd_free(zio->io_abd); 1996 if (error) { 1997 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) && 1998 type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG) 1999 atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count); 2000 else 2001 atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count); 2002 } 2003 2004 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock); 2005 spa->spa_load_verify_ios--; 2006 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv); 2007 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock); 2008 } 2009 2010 /* 2011 * Maximum number of concurrent scrub i/os to create while verifying 2012 * a pool while importing it. 2013 */ 2014 int spa_load_verify_maxinflight = 10000; 2015 boolean_t spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE; 2016 boolean_t spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE; 2017 2018 /*ARGSUSED*/ 2019 static int 2020 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp, 2021 const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg) 2022 { 2023 if (bp == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp)) 2024 return (0); 2025 /* 2026 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if 2027 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful 2028 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun. 2029 */ 2030 if (!spa_load_verify_metadata) 2031 return (0); 2032 if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp) && !spa_load_verify_data) 2033 return (0); 2034 2035 zio_t *rio = arg; 2036 size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp); 2037 2038 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock); 2039 while (spa->spa_load_verify_ios >= spa_load_verify_maxinflight) 2040 cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock); 2041 spa->spa_load_verify_ios++; 2042 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock); 2043 2044 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, abd_alloc_for_io(size, B_FALSE), size, 2045 spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB, 2046 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | 2047 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb)); 2048 return (0); 2049 } 2050 2051 /* ARGSUSED */ 2052 int 2053 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t *dp, dsl_dataset_t *ds, void *arg) 2054 { 2055 if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN) 2056 return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG)); 2057 2058 return (0); 2059 } 2060 2061 static int 2062 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa) 2063 { 2064 zio_t *rio; 2065 spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 }; 2066 zpool_load_policy_t policy; 2067 boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE; 2068 int error = 0; 2069 2070 zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy); 2071 2072 if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) 2073 return (0); 2074 2075 dsl_pool_config_enter(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG); 2076 error = dmu_objset_find_dp(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 2077 spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_root_dir_obj, verify_dataset_name_len, NULL, 2078 DS_FIND_CHILDREN); 2079 dsl_pool_config_exit(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG); 2080 if (error != 0) 2081 return (error); 2082 2083 rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle, 2084 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE); 2085 2086 if (spa_load_verify_metadata) { 2087 if (spa->spa_extreme_rewind) { 2088 spa_load_note(spa, "performing a complete scan of the " 2089 "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take " 2090 "a very long time.\n (spa_load_verify_data=%u, " 2091 "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)", 2092 spa_load_verify_data, spa_load_verify_metadata); 2093 } 2094 error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg, 2095 TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA | 2096 TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT, spa_load_verify_cb, rio); 2097 } 2098 2099 (void) zio_wait(rio); 2100 2101 spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count; 2102 spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count; 2103 2104 if (sle.sle_meta_count != 0 || sle.sle_data_count != 0) { 2105 spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors " 2106 "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_meta_count, 2107 (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_data_count); 2108 } 2109 2110 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun || 2111 (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zlp_maxmeta && 2112 sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zlp_maxdata)) { 2113 int64_t loss = 0; 2114 2115 verify_ok = B_TRUE; 2116 spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg; 2117 spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp; 2118 2119 loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts; 2120 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2121 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0); 2122 VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info, 2123 ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0); 2124 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2125 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0); 2126 } else { 2127 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg; 2128 } 2129 2130 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun) 2131 return (0); 2132 2133 if (error) { 2134 if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO) 2135 error = SET_ERROR(EIO); 2136 return (error); 2137 } 2138 2139 return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO); 2140 } 2141 2142 /* 2143 * Find a value in the pool props object. 2144 */ 2145 static void 2146 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val) 2147 { 2148 (void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object, 2149 zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val); 2150 } 2151 2152 /* 2153 * Find a value in the pool directory object. 2154 */ 2155 static int 2156 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val, boolean_t log_enoent) 2157 { 2158 int error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, 2159 name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val); 2160 2161 if (error != 0 && (error != ENOENT || log_enoent)) { 2162 spa_load_failed(spa, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory " 2163 "[error=%d]", name, error); 2164 } 2165 2166 return (error); 2167 } 2168 2169 static int 2170 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err) 2171 { 2172 vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux); 2173 return (SET_ERROR(err)); 2174 } 2175 2176 static void 2177 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t *spa) 2178 { 2179 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 2180 2181 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 2182 2183 spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa); 2184 2185 ASSERT3P(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr, ==, NULL); 2186 spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr = 2187 zthr_create(spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check, 2188 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread, spa); 2189 } 2190 2191 /* 2192 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the 2193 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off 2194 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains 2195 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off. 2196 * 2197 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin 2198 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt 2199 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and 2200 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was 2201 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL) 2202 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split. 2203 * 2204 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in 2205 * the original pool. 2206 */ 2207 static void 2208 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config) 2209 { 2210 uint_t extracted; 2211 uint64_t *glist; 2212 uint_t i, gcount; 2213 nvlist_t *nvl; 2214 vdev_t **vd; 2215 boolean_t attempt_reopen; 2216 2217 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0) 2218 return; 2219 2220 /* check that the config is complete */ 2221 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST, 2222 &glist, &gcount) != 0) 2223 return; 2224 2225 vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP); 2226 2227 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */ 2228 attempt_reopen = B_TRUE; 2229 for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) { 2230 if (glist[i] == 0) /* vdev is hole */ 2231 continue; 2232 2233 vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE); 2234 if (vd[i] == NULL) { 2235 /* 2236 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks; 2237 * just do the split. 2238 */ 2239 attempt_reopen = B_FALSE; 2240 } else { 2241 /* attempt to re-online it */ 2242 vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE; 2243 } 2244 } 2245 2246 if (attempt_reopen) { 2247 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev); 2248 2249 /* check each device to see what state it's in */ 2250 for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) { 2251 if (vd[i] != NULL && 2252 vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL) 2253 break; 2254 ++extracted; 2255 } 2256 } 2257 2258 /* 2259 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never 2260 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for 2261 * good. 2262 */ 2263 if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) { 2264 for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) 2265 if (vd[i] != NULL) 2266 vdev_split(vd[i]); 2267 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev); 2268 } 2269 2270 kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *)); 2271 } 2272 2273 static int 2274 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type) 2275 { 2276 char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL; 2277 int error; 2278 2279 spa->spa_load_state = state; 2280 2281 gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts); 2282 error = spa_load_impl(spa, type, &ereport); 2283 2284 /* 2285 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed 2286 * and are making their way through the eviction process. 2287 */ 2288 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa); 2289 spa->spa_minref = zfs_refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount); 2290 if (error) { 2291 if (error != EEXIST) { 2292 spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0; 2293 spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0; 2294 } 2295 if (error != EBADF) { 2296 zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0); 2297 } 2298 } 2299 spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE; 2300 spa->spa_ena = 0; 2301 2302 return (error); 2303 } 2304 2305 /* 2306 * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the 2307 * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the 2308 * spa's per-vdev ZAP list. 2309 */ 2310 static uint64_t 2311 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t *vd) 2312 { 2313 spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa; 2314 uint64_t total = 0; 2315 if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) { 2316 total++; 2317 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, 2318 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_top_zap)); 2319 } 2320 if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) { 2321 total++; 2322 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, 2323 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_leaf_zap)); 2324 } 2325 2326 for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) { 2327 total += vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd->vdev_child[i]); 2328 } 2329 2330 return (total); 2331 } 2332 2333 /* 2334 * Determine whether the activity check is required. 2335 */ 2336 static boolean_t 2337 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub, nvlist_t *label, 2338 nvlist_t *config) 2339 { 2340 uint64_t state = 0; 2341 uint64_t hostid = 0; 2342 uint64_t tryconfig_txg = 0; 2343 uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp = 0; 2344 nvlist_t *nvinfo; 2345 2346 if (nvlist_exists(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO)) { 2347 nvinfo = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO); 2348 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, 2349 &tryconfig_txg); 2350 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP, 2351 &tryconfig_timestamp); 2352 } 2353 2354 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state); 2355 2356 /* 2357 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which 2358 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools. 2359 */ 2360 if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP) 2361 return (B_FALSE); 2362 2363 /* 2364 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled. 2365 */ 2366 if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay == 0) 2367 return (B_FALSE); 2368 /* 2369 * If the tryconfig_* values are nonzero, they are the results of an 2370 * earlier tryimport. If they match the uberblock we just found, then 2371 * the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test a 2372 * second time. 2373 */ 2374 if (tryconfig_txg && tryconfig_txg == ub->ub_txg && 2375 tryconfig_timestamp && tryconfig_timestamp == ub->ub_timestamp) 2376 return (B_FALSE); 2377 2378 /* 2379 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool 2380 * on the same host which last imported it. Since the hostid from 2381 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label. 2382 */ 2383 if (nvlist_exists(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID)) 2384 hostid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID); 2385 2386 if (hostid == spa_get_hostid()) 2387 return (B_FALSE); 2388 2389 /* 2390 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported. 2391 */ 2392 if (state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) 2393 return (B_FALSE); 2394 2395 return (B_TRUE); 2396 } 2397 2398 /* 2399 * Perform the import activity check. If the user canceled the import or 2400 * we detected activity then fail. 2401 */ 2402 static int 2403 spa_activity_check(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub, nvlist_t *config) 2404 { 2405 uint64_t import_intervals = MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals, 1); 2406 uint64_t txg = ub->ub_txg; 2407 uint64_t timestamp = ub->ub_timestamp; 2408 uint64_t import_delay = NANOSEC; 2409 hrtime_t import_expire; 2410 nvlist_t *mmp_label = NULL; 2411 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 2412 kcondvar_t cv; 2413 kmutex_t mtx; 2414 int error = 0; 2415 2416 cv_init(&cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL); 2417 mutex_init(&mtx, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL); 2418 mutex_enter(&mtx); 2419 2420 /* 2421 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed 2422 * during the earlier tryimport. If the txg recorded there is 0 then 2423 * the pool is known to be active on another host. 2424 * 2425 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another node. Check for 2426 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary. 2427 */ 2428 if (nvlist_exists(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO)) { 2429 nvlist_t *nvinfo = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, 2430 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO); 2431 2432 if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG) && 2433 fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG) == 0) { 2434 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &mmp_label); 2435 error = SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO); 2436 goto out; 2437 } 2438 } 2439 2440 /* 2441 * Preferentially use the zfs_multihost_interval from the node which 2442 * last imported the pool. This value is stored in an MMP uberblock as. 2443 * 2444 * ub_mmp_delay * vdev_count_leaves() == zfs_multihost_interval 2445 */ 2446 if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay) 2447 import_delay = MAX(import_delay, import_intervals * 2448 ub->ub_mmp_delay * MAX(vdev_count_leaves(spa), 1)); 2449 2450 /* Apply a floor using the local default values. */ 2451 import_delay = MAX(import_delay, import_intervals * 2452 MSEC2NSEC(MAX(zfs_multihost_interval, MMP_MIN_INTERVAL))); 2453 2454 zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu import_intervals=%u " 2455 "leaves=%u", import_delay, ub->ub_mmp_delay, import_intervals, 2456 vdev_count_leaves(spa)); 2457 2458 /* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */ 2459 import_expire = gethrtime() + import_delay + 2460 (import_delay * spa_get_random(250) / 1000); 2461 2462 while (gethrtime() < import_expire) { 2463 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &mmp_label); 2464 2465 if (txg != ub->ub_txg || timestamp != ub->ub_timestamp) { 2466 error = SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO); 2467 break; 2468 } 2469 2470 if (mmp_label) { 2471 nvlist_free(mmp_label); 2472 mmp_label = NULL; 2473 } 2474 2475 error = cv_timedwait_sig(&cv, &mtx, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz); 2476 if (error != -1) { 2477 error = SET_ERROR(EINTR); 2478 break; 2479 } 2480 error = 0; 2481 } 2482 2483 out: 2484 mutex_exit(&mtx); 2485 mutex_destroy(&mtx); 2486 cv_destroy(&cv); 2487 2488 /* 2489 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the 2490 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist. If the remote hostname or hostid are 2491 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well. 2492 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message. 2493 * 2494 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE - observed pool status (mandatory) 2495 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool 2496 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID - hostid from the active pool 2497 */ 2498 if (error == EREMOTEIO) { 2499 char *hostname = "<unknown>"; 2500 uint64_t hostid = 0; 2501 2502 if (mmp_label) { 2503 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME)) { 2504 hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label, 2505 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME); 2506 fnvlist_add_string(spa->spa_load_info, 2507 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME, hostname); 2508 } 2509 2510 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID)) { 2511 hostid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label, 2512 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID); 2513 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2514 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID, hostid); 2515 } 2516 } 2517 2518 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2519 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE); 2520 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2521 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, 0); 2522 2523 error = spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO); 2524 } 2525 2526 if (mmp_label) 2527 nvlist_free(mmp_label); 2528 2529 return (error); 2530 } 2531 2532 static int 2533 spa_verify_host(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *mos_config) 2534 { 2535 uint64_t hostid; 2536 char *hostname; 2537 uint64_t myhostid = 0; 2538 2539 if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config, 2540 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) { 2541 hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config, 2542 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME); 2543 2544 myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL); 2545 2546 if (hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 && hostid != myhostid) { 2547 cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be " 2548 "loaded as it was last accessed by " 2549 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). " 2550 "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY", 2551 spa_name(spa), hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid); 2552 spa_load_failed(spa, "hostid verification failed: pool " 2553 "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)", 2554 hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid); 2555 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF)); 2556 } 2557 } 2558 2559 return (0); 2560 } 2561 2562 static int 2563 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type) 2564 { 2565 int error = 0; 2566 nvlist_t *nvtree, *nvl, *config = spa->spa_config; 2567 int parse; 2568 vdev_t *rvd; 2569 uint64_t pool_guid; 2570 char *comment; 2571 2572 /* 2573 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if 2574 * it's not present treat it as the initial version. 2575 */ 2576 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION, 2577 &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0) 2578 spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL; 2579 2580 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid)) { 2581 spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing", 2582 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID); 2583 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL)); 2584 } 2585 2586 /* 2587 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already 2588 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the 2589 * spa namespace. 2590 * 2591 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be 2592 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to 2593 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb. 2594 */ 2595 #ifdef _KERNEL 2596 if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT || 2597 spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) && 2598 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) { 2599 #else 2600 if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT || 2601 spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) && 2602 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0) && 2603 !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) { 2604 #endif 2605 spa_load_failed(spa, "a pool with guid %llu is already open", 2606 (u_longlong_t)pool_guid); 2607 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST)); 2608 } 2609 2610 spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid; 2611 2612 nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info); 2613 spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc(); 2614 2615 ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL); 2616 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0) 2617 spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment); 2618 2619 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, 2620 &spa->spa_config_txg); 2621 2622 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) == 0) 2623 spa->spa_config_splitting = fnvlist_dup(nvl); 2624 2625 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvtree)) { 2626 spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing", 2627 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE); 2628 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL)); 2629 } 2630 2631 /* 2632 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs 2633 */ 2634 spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *), 2635 KM_SLEEP); 2636 for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) { 2637 spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 2638 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | 2639 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER); 2640 } 2641 2642 /* 2643 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the 2644 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the 2645 * configuration requires knowing the version number. 2646 */ 2647 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 2648 parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ? 2649 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT); 2650 error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtree, NULL, 0, parse); 2651 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 2652 2653 if (error != 0) { 2654 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to parse config [error=%d]", 2655 error); 2656 return (error); 2657 } 2658 2659 ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd); 2660 ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT); 2661 ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT); 2662 2663 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) { 2664 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid); 2665 } 2666 2667 return (0); 2668 } 2669 2670 /* 2671 * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice: 2672 * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config. 2673 */ 2674 static int 2675 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t *spa) 2676 { 2677 int error = 0; 2678 2679 /* 2680 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be 2681 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable. 2682 */ 2683 if (spa->spa_trust_config) { 2684 spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds; 2685 } else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE) { 2686 spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile; 2687 } else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN) { 2688 spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan; 2689 } else { 2690 spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = 0; 2691 } 2692 2693 spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = 2694 MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds, spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed); 2695 2696 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 2697 error = vdev_open(spa->spa_root_vdev); 2698 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 2699 2700 if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) { 2701 spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level " 2702 "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds); 2703 if (spa->spa_trust_config && (spa->spa_mode & FWRITE)) { 2704 /* 2705 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open 2706 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot 2707 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account 2708 * for missing vdevs). 2709 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally 2710 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and 2711 * damaging it further. 2712 */ 2713 spa_load_note(spa, "pools with missing top-level " 2714 "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode."); 2715 error = SET_ERROR(ENXIO); 2716 } else { 2717 spa_load_note(spa, "current settings allow for maximum " 2718 "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.", 2719 (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed); 2720 } 2721 } 2722 if (error != 0) { 2723 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]", 2724 error); 2725 } 2726 if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0 || error != 0) 2727 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa->spa_root_vdev, 2); 2728 2729 return (error); 2730 } 2731 2732 /* 2733 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that 2734 * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted 2735 * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the 2736 * config is trusted. 2737 */ 2738 static int 2739 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t *spa) 2740 { 2741 int error = 0; 2742 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 2743 2744 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 2745 error = vdev_validate(rvd); 2746 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 2747 2748 if (error != 0) { 2749 spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error); 2750 return (error); 2751 } 2752 2753 if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) { 2754 spa_load_failed(spa, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating " 2755 "some vdevs"); 2756 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2); 2757 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO)); 2758 } 2759 2760 return (0); 2761 } 2762 2763 static void 2764 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub) 2765 { 2766 spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE; 2767 spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock; 2768 spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ? 2769 TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1; 2770 spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ? 2771 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1; 2772 spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg; 2773 spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version; 2774 } 2775 2776 static int 2777 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type) 2778 { 2779 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 2780 nvlist_t *label; 2781 uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock; 2782 boolean_t activity_check = B_FALSE; 2783 2784 /* 2785 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by 2786 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the 2787 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching 2788 * the labels will find the right uberblock. However, if 2789 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have 2790 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the 2791 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set 2792 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind. 2793 * 2794 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when 2795 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we 2796 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up 2797 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means 2798 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than 2799 * just in the edge case. 2800 */ 2801 if (ub->ub_checkpoint_txg != 0 && 2802 spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) { 2803 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub); 2804 return (0); 2805 } 2806 2807 /* 2808 * Find the best uberblock. 2809 */ 2810 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label); 2811 2812 /* 2813 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure. 2814 */ 2815 if (ub->ub_txg == 0) { 2816 nvlist_free(label); 2817 spa_load_failed(spa, "no valid uberblock found"); 2818 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO)); 2819 } 2820 2821 spa_load_note(spa, "using uberblock with txg=%llu", 2822 (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_txg); 2823 2824 /* 2825 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the 2826 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported. Prevent 2827 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool. 2828 */ 2829 activity_check = spa_activity_check_required(spa, ub, label, 2830 spa->spa_config); 2831 if (activity_check) { 2832 if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay && 2833 spa_get_hostid() == 0) { 2834 nvlist_free(label); 2835 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2836 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID); 2837 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO)); 2838 } 2839 2840 int error = spa_activity_check(spa, ub, spa->spa_config); 2841 if (error) { 2842 nvlist_free(label); 2843 return (error); 2844 } 2845 2846 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2847 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE); 2848 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2849 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, ub->ub_txg); 2850 } 2851 2852 /* 2853 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it. 2854 */ 2855 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) { 2856 nvlist_free(label); 2857 spa_load_failed(spa, "version %llu is not supported", 2858 (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_version); 2859 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP)); 2860 } 2861 2862 if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) { 2863 nvlist_t *features; 2864 2865 /* 2866 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the 2867 * MOS in the label, return failure. 2868 */ 2869 if (label == NULL) { 2870 spa_load_failed(spa, "label config unavailable"); 2871 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, 2872 ENXIO)); 2873 } 2874 2875 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ, 2876 &features) != 0) { 2877 nvlist_free(label); 2878 spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid label: '%s' missing", 2879 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ); 2880 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, 2881 ENXIO)); 2882 } 2883 2884 /* 2885 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values 2886 * from the label. 2887 */ 2888 nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features); 2889 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0); 2890 } 2891 2892 nvlist_free(label); 2893 2894 /* 2895 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If 2896 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we 2897 * cannot open a pool. 2898 */ 2899 if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) { 2900 nvlist_t *unsup_feat; 2901 2902 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 2903 0); 2904 2905 for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, 2906 NULL); nvp != NULL; 2907 nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) { 2908 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) { 2909 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat, 2910 nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0); 2911 } 2912 } 2913 2914 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) { 2915 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info, 2916 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0); 2917 nvlist_free(unsup_feat); 2918 spa_load_failed(spa, "some features are unsupported"); 2919 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT, 2920 ENOTSUP)); 2921 } 2922 2923 nvlist_free(unsup_feat); 2924 } 2925 2926 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) { 2927 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 2928 spa_try_repair(spa, spa->spa_config); 2929 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 2930 nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting); 2931 spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL; 2932 } 2933 2934 /* 2935 * Initialize internal SPA structures. 2936 */ 2937 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub); 2938 2939 return (0); 2940 } 2941 2942 static int 2943 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t *spa) 2944 { 2945 int error = 0; 2946 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 2947 2948 error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool); 2949 if (error != 0) { 2950 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init " 2951 "[error=%d]", error); 2952 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 2953 } 2954 spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset; 2955 2956 return (0); 2957 } 2958 2959 static int 2960 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, 2961 boolean_t reloading) 2962 { 2963 vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 2964 nvlist_t *nv, *mos_config, *policy; 2965 int error = 0, copy_error; 2966 uint64_t healthy_tvds, healthy_tvds_mos; 2967 uint64_t mos_config_txg; 2968 2969 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object, B_TRUE) 2970 != 0) 2971 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 2972 2973 /* 2974 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is 2975 * already trusted so there is nothing to do. 2976 */ 2977 if (type == SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) 2978 return (0); 2979 2980 healthy_tvds = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa); 2981 2982 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config) 2983 != 0) { 2984 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config"); 2985 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 2986 } 2987 2988 /* 2989 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do 2990 * the verification here. 2991 */ 2992 if (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_OPEN) { 2993 error = spa_verify_host(spa, mos_config); 2994 if (error != 0) { 2995 nvlist_free(mos_config); 2996 return (error); 2997 } 2998 } 2999 3000 nv = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE); 3001 3002 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 3003 3004 /* 3005 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config 3006 */ 3007 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD) == 0); 3008 3009 /* 3010 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was 3011 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev 3012 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information. 3013 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which 3014 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree. 3015 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a 3016 * best effort policy. 3017 */ 3018 copy_error = vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd, mrvd); 3019 if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) { 3020 spa_load_note(spa, "provided vdev tree:"); 3021 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2); 3022 spa_load_note(spa, "MOS vdev tree:"); 3023 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd, 2); 3024 } 3025 if (copy_error != 0) { 3026 spa_load_note(spa, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling " 3027 "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed"); 3028 vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd, mrvd); 3029 } 3030 3031 vdev_close(rvd); 3032 vdev_free(rvd); 3033 spa->spa_root_vdev = mrvd; 3034 rvd = mrvd; 3035 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 3036 3037 /* 3038 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load 3039 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the 3040 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to 3041 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS. 3042 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config. 3043 */ 3044 mos_config_txg = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config, 3045 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG); 3046 nvlist_free(mos_config); 3047 mos_config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, mos_config_txg, B_FALSE); 3048 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY, 3049 &policy) == 0) 3050 fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY, policy); 3051 spa_config_set(spa, mos_config); 3052 spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS; 3053 3054 /* 3055 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict 3056 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency 3057 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening 3058 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable. 3059 */ 3060 spa->spa_trust_config = B_TRUE; 3061 3062 /* 3063 * Open and validate the new vdev tree 3064 */ 3065 error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa); 3066 if (error != 0) 3067 return (error); 3068 3069 error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa); 3070 if (error != 0) 3071 return (error); 3072 3073 if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) { 3074 spa_load_note(spa, "final vdev tree:"); 3075 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2); 3076 } 3077 3078 if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT && 3079 !spa->spa_extreme_rewind && zfs_max_missing_tvds == 0) { 3080 /* 3081 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the 3082 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds 3083 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones 3084 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform 3085 * an extreme rewind. 3086 */ 3087 healthy_tvds_mos = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa); 3088 if (healthy_tvds_mos - healthy_tvds >= 3089 SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS) { 3090 spa_load_note(spa, "config provided misses too many " 3091 "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ", 3092 (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds, 3093 (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds_mos); 3094 spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree:"); 3095 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2); 3096 if (reloading) { 3097 spa_load_failed(spa, "config was already " 3098 "provided from MOS. Aborting."); 3099 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, 3100 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3101 } 3102 spa_load_note(spa, "spa must be reloaded using MOS " 3103 "config"); 3104 return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN)); 3105 } 3106 } 3107 3108 error = spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa); 3109 if (error != 0) 3110 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO)); 3111 3112 if (rvd->vdev_guid_sum != spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum) { 3113 spa_load_failed(spa, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS " 3114 "guid sum (%llu != %llu)", 3115 (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum, 3116 (u_longlong_t)rvd->vdev_guid_sum); 3117 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, 3118 ENXIO)); 3119 } 3120 3121 return (0); 3122 } 3123 3124 static int 3125 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa) 3126 { 3127 int error = 0; 3128 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3129 3130 /* 3131 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored 3132 * on concreted vdevs. Therefore we do this as early as possible. 3133 */ 3134 error = spa_remove_init(spa); 3135 if (error != 0) { 3136 spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]", 3137 error); 3138 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3139 } 3140 3141 /* 3142 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings. 3143 */ 3144 error = spa_condense_init(spa); 3145 if (error != 0) { 3146 spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]", 3147 error); 3148 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error)); 3149 } 3150 3151 return (0); 3152 } 3153 3154 static int 3155 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t *spa, boolean_t *missing_feat_writep) 3156 { 3157 int error = 0; 3158 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3159 3160 if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) { 3161 boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE; 3162 nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat; 3163 3164 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ, 3165 &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) { 3166 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3167 } 3168 3169 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE, 3170 &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) { 3171 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3172 } 3173 3174 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS, 3175 &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) { 3176 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3177 } 3178 3179 enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc(); 3180 unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc(); 3181 3182 if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE, 3183 unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) 3184 missing_feat_read = B_TRUE; 3185 3186 if (spa_writeable(spa) || 3187 spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) { 3188 if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE, 3189 unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) { 3190 *missing_feat_writep = B_TRUE; 3191 } 3192 } 3193 3194 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info, 3195 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat); 3196 3197 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) { 3198 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info, 3199 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat); 3200 } 3201 3202 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat); 3203 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat); 3204 3205 if (!missing_feat_read) { 3206 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info, 3207 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY); 3208 } 3209 3210 /* 3211 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is 3212 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for 3213 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the 3214 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool 3215 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed 3216 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import 3217 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in 3218 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only 3219 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable 3220 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually 3221 * available for open in read-only mode. 3222 * 3223 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are 3224 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether 3225 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to 3226 * userland in order to know whether to display the 3227 * abovementioned note. 3228 */ 3229 if (missing_feat_read || (*missing_feat_writep && 3230 spa_writeable(spa))) { 3231 spa_load_failed(spa, "pool uses unsupported features"); 3232 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT, 3233 ENOTSUP)); 3234 } 3235 3236 /* 3237 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory 3238 * cache during SPA initialization. 3239 */ 3240 for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) { 3241 uint64_t refcount; 3242 3243 error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa, 3244 &spa_feature_table[i], &refcount); 3245 if (error == 0) { 3246 spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount; 3247 } else if (error == ENOTSUP) { 3248 spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = 3249 SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED; 3250 } else { 3251 spa_load_failed(spa, "error getting refcount " 3252 "for feature %s [error=%d]", 3253 spa_feature_table[i].fi_guid, error); 3254 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, 3255 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3256 } 3257 } 3258 } 3259 3260 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) { 3261 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG, 3262 &spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) 3263 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3264 } 3265 3266 /* 3267 * Encryption was added before bookmark_v2, even though bookmark_v2 3268 * is now a dependency. If this pool has encryption enabled without 3269 * bookmark_v2, trigger an errata message. 3270 */ 3271 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION) && 3272 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_BOOKMARK_V2)) { 3273 spa->spa_errata = ZPOOL_ERRATA_ZOL_8308_ENCRYPTION; 3274 } 3275 3276 return (0); 3277 } 3278 3279 static int 3280 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t *spa) 3281 { 3282 int error = 0; 3283 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3284 3285 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE; 3286 error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool); 3287 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE; 3288 if (error != 0) { 3289 spa_load_failed(spa, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error); 3290 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3291 } 3292 3293 return (0); 3294 } 3295 3296 static int 3297 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t *spa) 3298 { 3299 int error = 0; 3300 uint64_t obj; 3301 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3302 3303 /* Grab the secret checksum salt from the MOS. */ 3304 error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, 3305 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1, 3306 sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes), 3307 spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes); 3308 if (error == ENOENT) { 3309 /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */ 3310 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, 3311 sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes)); 3312 } else if (error != 0) { 3313 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from " 3314 "MOS [error=%d]", error); 3315 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3316 } 3317 3318 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj, B_TRUE) != 0) 3319 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3320 error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj); 3321 if (error != 0) { 3322 spa_load_failed(spa, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj " 3323 "[error=%d]", error); 3324 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3325 } 3326 3327 /* 3328 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function 3329 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not 3330 * be present. 3331 */ 3332 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate, B_FALSE); 3333 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3334 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3335 3336 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION, 3337 &spa->spa_creation_version, B_FALSE); 3338 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3339 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3340 3341 /* 3342 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will 3343 * not be present. 3344 */ 3345 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last, 3346 B_FALSE); 3347 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3348 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3349 3350 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB, 3351 &spa->spa_errlog_scrub, B_FALSE); 3352 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3353 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3354 3355 /* 3356 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this 3357 * will not be present. 3358 */ 3359 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history, B_FALSE); 3360 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3361 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3362 3363 /* 3364 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not 3365 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to 3366 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See 3367 * spa_sync_config_object. 3368 */ 3369 3370 /* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */ 3371 nvlist_t *mos_config; 3372 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config) != 0) { 3373 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config"); 3374 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3375 } 3376 3377 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, 3378 &spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, B_FALSE); 3379 3380 if (error == ENOENT) { 3381 VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config, 3382 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)); 3383 spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE; 3384 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev)); 3385 } else if (error != 0) { 3386 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3387 } else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)) { 3388 /* 3389 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so 3390 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their 3391 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object. 3392 */ 3393 spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY; 3394 /* 3395 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created 3396 * before this. Better be sure of it. 3397 */ 3398 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev)); 3399 } 3400 nvlist_free(mos_config); 3401 3402 spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION); 3403 3404 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object, 3405 B_FALSE); 3406 if (error && error != ENOENT) 3407 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3408 3409 if (error == 0) { 3410 uint64_t autoreplace; 3411 3412 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs); 3413 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace); 3414 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation); 3415 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode); 3416 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand); 3417 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST, &spa->spa_multihost); 3418 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO, 3419 &spa->spa_dedup_ditto); 3420 3421 spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0); 3422 } 3423 3424 /* 3425 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs, 3426 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on 3427 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high. 3428 */ 3429 if (spa->spa_missing_tvds > 0 && 3430 spa->spa_failmode != ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE && 3431 spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) { 3432 spa_load_note(spa, "forcing failmode to 'continue' " 3433 "as some top level vdevs are missing"); 3434 spa->spa_failmode = ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE; 3435 } 3436 3437 return (0); 3438 } 3439 3440 static int 3441 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type) 3442 { 3443 int error = 0; 3444 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3445 3446 /* 3447 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of 3448 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache 3449 * devices. 3450 */ 3451 3452 /* 3453 * Load any hot spares for this pool. 3454 */ 3455 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object, 3456 B_FALSE); 3457 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3458 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3459 if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) { 3460 ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES); 3461 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object, 3462 &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0) { 3463 spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading spares nvlist"); 3464 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3465 } 3466 3467 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 3468 spa_load_spares(spa); 3469 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 3470 } else if (error == 0) { 3471 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 3472 } 3473 3474 /* 3475 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool. 3476 */ 3477 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE, 3478 &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object, B_FALSE); 3479 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3480 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3481 if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) { 3482 ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE); 3483 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object, 3484 &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0) { 3485 spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading l2cache nvlist"); 3486 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3487 } 3488 3489 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 3490 spa_load_l2cache(spa); 3491 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 3492 } else if (error == 0) { 3493 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 3494 } 3495 3496 return (0); 3497 } 3498 3499 static int 3500 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa) 3501 { 3502 int error = 0; 3503 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3504 3505 /* 3506 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to 3507 * be imported when the system hostid is zero. The exception to 3508 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools. 3509 */ 3510 if (spa_multihost(spa) && spa_get_hostid() == 0 && 3511 (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP) == 0) { 3512 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 3513 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID); 3514 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO)); 3515 } 3516 3517 /* 3518 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying 3519 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable 3520 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any 3521 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take 3522 * over. 3523 */ 3524 if (spa->spa_autoreplace && spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) { 3525 spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev); 3526 /* 3527 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because 3528 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from 3529 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config. 3530 */ 3531 if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) { 3532 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares); 3533 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache); 3534 } 3535 } 3536 3537 /* 3538 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc. 3539 */ 3540 error = vdev_load(rvd); 3541 if (error != 0) { 3542 spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error); 3543 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error)); 3544 } 3545 3546 /* 3547 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree. 3548 */ 3549 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 3550 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE); 3551 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 3552 3553 return (0); 3554 } 3555 3556 static int 3557 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t *spa) 3558 { 3559 int error = 0; 3560 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3561 3562 error = ddt_load(spa); 3563 if (error != 0) { 3564 spa_load_failed(spa, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error); 3565 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3566 } 3567 3568 return (0); 3569 } 3570 3571 static int 3572 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport) 3573 { 3574 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3575 3576 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa_writeable(spa)) { 3577 boolean_t missing = spa_check_logs(spa); 3578 if (missing) { 3579 if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) { 3580 spa_load_note(spa, "spa_check_logs failed " 3581 "so dropping the logs"); 3582 } else { 3583 *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY; 3584 spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_check_logs failed"); 3585 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG, 3586 ENXIO)); 3587 } 3588 } 3589 } 3590 3591 return (0); 3592 } 3593 3594 static int 3595 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t *spa) 3596 { 3597 int error = 0; 3598 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3599 3600 /* 3601 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready 3602 * to start pushing transactions. 3603 */ 3604 if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) { 3605 error = spa_load_verify(spa); 3606 if (error != 0) { 3607 spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_load_verify failed " 3608 "[error=%d]", error); 3609 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, 3610 error)); 3611 } 3612 } 3613 3614 return (0); 3615 } 3616 3617 static void 3618 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t *spa) 3619 { 3620 dmu_tx_t *tx; 3621 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa); 3622 3623 /* 3624 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet. 3625 * This must all happen in a single txg. 3626 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(), 3627 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback. 3628 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log. 3629 */ 3630 spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE; 3631 3632 tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa)); 3633 (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj, 3634 zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN); 3635 dmu_tx_commit(tx); 3636 3637 spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE; 3638 3639 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD); 3640 } 3641 3642 static void 3643 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t *spa, uint64_t config_cache_txg, 3644 boolean_t update_config_cache) 3645 { 3646 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3647 int need_update = B_FALSE; 3648 3649 /* 3650 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized 3651 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config. 3652 * 3653 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current 3654 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels. 3655 */ 3656 if (update_config_cache || config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg || 3657 spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT || 3658 spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER || 3659 (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM)) 3660 need_update = B_TRUE; 3661 3662 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) 3663 if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0) 3664 need_update = B_TRUE; 3665 3666 /* 3667 * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the 3668 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet. 3669 */ 3670 if (need_update) 3671 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE); 3672 } 3673 3674 static void 3675 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t *spa) 3676 { 3677 int mode = spa->spa_mode; 3678 int async_suspended = spa->spa_async_suspended; 3679 3680 spa_unload(spa); 3681 spa_deactivate(spa); 3682 spa_activate(spa, mode); 3683 3684 /* 3685 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by 3686 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before 3687 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later. 3688 */ 3689 spa->spa_async_suspended = async_suspended; 3690 } 3691 3692 static int 3693 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t *spa) 3694 { 3695 uberblock_t checkpoint; 3696 int error = 0; 3697 3698 ASSERT0(spa->spa_checkpoint_txg); 3699 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 3700 3701 error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, 3702 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t), 3703 sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint); 3704 3705 if (error == ENOENT) 3706 return (0); 3707 3708 if (error != 0) 3709 return (error); 3710 3711 ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, !=, 0); 3712 ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg, !=, 0); 3713 ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_timestamp, !=, 0); 3714 spa->spa_checkpoint_txg = checkpoint.ub_txg; 3715 spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_timestamp = checkpoint.ub_timestamp; 3716 3717 return (0); 3718 } 3719 3720 static int 3721 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type) 3722 { 3723 int error = 0; 3724 3725 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 3726 ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE); 3727 3728 /* 3729 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling 3730 * a pool following a split. 3731 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This 3732 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since 3733 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true. 3734 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS. 3735 */ 3736 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) 3737 spa->spa_trust_config = B_FALSE; 3738 3739 /* 3740 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree. 3741 */ 3742 error = spa_ld_parse_config(spa, type); 3743 if (error != 0) 3744 return (error); 3745 3746 /* 3747 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves 3748 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and 3749 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set 3750 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready 3751 * to read from the vdevs. 3752 */ 3753 error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa); 3754 if (error != 0) 3755 return (error); 3756 3757 /* 3758 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored 3759 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided. 3760 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an 3761 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip 3762 * validation for now. 3763 */ 3764 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) { 3765 error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa); 3766 if (error != 0) 3767 return (error); 3768 } 3769 3770 /* 3771 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest, 3772 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We 3773 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from 3774 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version 3775 * of zfs supports them all. 3776 */ 3777 error = spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa, type); 3778 if (error != 0) 3779 return (error); 3780 3781 /* 3782 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root 3783 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will 3784 * allow us to read its contents. 3785 */ 3786 error = spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa); 3787 if (error != 0) 3788 return (error); 3789 3790 return (0); 3791 } 3792 3793 static int 3794 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t *spa) 3795 { 3796 uberblock_t checkpoint; 3797 int error = 0; 3798 3799 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 3800 ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT); 3801 3802 error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, 3803 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t), 3804 sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint); 3805 3806 if (error != 0) { 3807 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checkpointed " 3808 "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error); 3809 3810 if (error == ENOENT) 3811 error = ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT; 3812 3813 return (error); 3814 } 3815 3816 ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, <, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg); 3817 ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, ==, checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg); 3818 3819 /* 3820 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed 3821 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that 3822 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and 3823 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels. 3824 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare) 3825 */ 3826 checkpoint.ub_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg + 1; 3827 checkpoint.ub_timestamp = gethrestime_sec(); 3828 3829 /* 3830 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock. 3831 */ 3832 spa->spa_uberblock = checkpoint; 3833 3834 /* 3835 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for 3836 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to 3837 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole 3838 * pool and there is no way back. 3839 * 3840 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the 3841 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a 3842 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed 3843 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get 3844 * a "preview" of its content. 3845 */ 3846 if (spa_writeable(spa)) { 3847 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3848 3849 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 3850 vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL }; 3851 int svdcount = 0; 3852 int children = rvd->vdev_children; 3853 int c0 = spa_get_random(children); 3854 3855 for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) { 3856 vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children]; 3857 3858 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */ 3859 if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd) 3860 break; 3861 3862 if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog || 3863 !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) 3864 continue; 3865 3866 svd[svdcount++] = vd; 3867 if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS) 3868 break; 3869 } 3870 error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, spa->spa_first_txg); 3871 if (error == 0) 3872 spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid; 3873 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 3874 3875 if (error != 0) { 3876 spa_load_failed(spa, "failed to write checkpointed " 3877 "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error); 3878 return (error); 3879 } 3880 } 3881 3882 return (0); 3883 } 3884 3885 static int 3886 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, 3887 boolean_t *update_config_cache) 3888 { 3889 int error; 3890 3891 /* 3892 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs, 3893 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open 3894 * the MOS. 3895 */ 3896 error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type); 3897 if (error != 0) 3898 return (error); 3899 3900 /* 3901 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create 3902 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs. 3903 */ 3904 error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_FALSE); 3905 if (error == EAGAIN) { 3906 if (update_config_cache != NULL) 3907 *update_config_cache = B_TRUE; 3908 3909 /* 3910 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is 3911 * too different from the untrusted config. 3912 */ 3913 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa); 3914 spa_load_note(spa, "RELOADING"); 3915 error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type); 3916 if (error != 0) 3917 return (error); 3918 3919 error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_TRUE); 3920 if (error != 0) 3921 return (error); 3922 3923 } else if (error != 0) { 3924 return (error); 3925 } 3926 3927 return (0); 3928 } 3929 3930 /* 3931 * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config 3932 * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against 3933 * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the 3934 * config stored in the MOS. 3935 */ 3936 static int 3937 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport) 3938 { 3939 int error = 0; 3940 boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE; 3941 boolean_t checkpoint_rewind = 3942 (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT); 3943 boolean_t update_config_cache = B_FALSE; 3944 3945 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 3946 ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE); 3947 3948 spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING"); 3949 3950 error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, &update_config_cache); 3951 if (error != 0) 3952 return (error); 3953 3954 /* 3955 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat 3956 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time 3957 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open 3958 * the MOS. 3959 */ 3960 if (checkpoint_rewind) { 3961 /* 3962 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache 3963 * anyway. 3964 */ 3965 update_config_cache = B_TRUE; 3966 3967 /* 3968 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS 3969 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the 3970 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint 3971 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent. 3972 */ 3973 error = spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa); 3974 if (error != 0) 3975 return (error); 3976 3977 /* 3978 * Redo the loading process process again with the 3979 * checkpointed uberblock. 3980 */ 3981 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa); 3982 spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock"); 3983 error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, NULL); 3984 if (error != 0) 3985 return (error); 3986 } 3987 3988 /* 3989 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint. 3990 */ 3991 error = spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa); 3992 if (error != 0) 3993 return (error); 3994 3995 /* 3996 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed 3997 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note 3998 * that everything that we read before this step must have been 3999 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was 4000 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before 4001 * we have loaded their mappings. 4002 */ 4003 error = spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa); 4004 if (error != 0) 4005 return (error); 4006 4007 /* 4008 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if 4009 * they are all supported. 4010 */ 4011 error = spa_ld_check_features(spa, &missing_feat_write); 4012 if (error != 0) 4013 return (error); 4014 4015 /* 4016 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool 4017 * layer. 4018 */ 4019 error = spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa); 4020 if (error != 0) 4021 return (error); 4022 4023 /* 4024 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS. 4025 */ 4026 error = spa_ld_get_props(spa); 4027 if (error != 0) 4028 return (error); 4029 4030 /* 4031 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares - 4032 * and open them. 4033 */ 4034 error = spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa, type); 4035 if (error != 0) 4036 return (error); 4037 4038 /* 4039 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices 4040 * should be autoreplaced. 4041 */ 4042 error = spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa); 4043 if (error != 0) 4044 return (error); 4045 4046 error = spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa); 4047 if (error != 0) 4048 return (error); 4049 4050 /* 4051 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors 4052 * when we claim log blocks later. 4053 */ 4054 error = spa_ld_verify_logs(spa, type, ereport); 4055 if (error != 0) 4056 return (error); 4057 4058 if (missing_feat_write) { 4059 ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT); 4060 4061 /* 4062 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in 4063 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough 4064 * information and can return to userland. 4065 */ 4066 return (spa_vdev_err(spa->spa_root_vdev, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT, 4067 ENOTSUP)); 4068 } 4069 4070 /* 4071 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe 4072 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool, 4073 * which can take a very long time. 4074 */ 4075 error = spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa); 4076 if (error != 0) 4077 return (error); 4078 4079 /* 4080 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before 4081 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space 4082 * accounting using the deflated sizes. 4083 */ 4084 spa_update_dspace(spa); 4085 4086 /* 4087 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the 4088 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few 4089 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import. 4090 */ 4091 if (spa_writeable(spa) && (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER || 4092 spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) { 4093 uint64_t config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg; 4094 4095 ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT); 4096 4097 /* 4098 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg 4099 * of the checkpointed uberblock. 4100 */ 4101 if (checkpoint_rewind) { 4102 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "checkpoint rewind", 4103 NULL, "rewound state to txg=%llu", 4104 (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_checkpoint_txg); 4105 } 4106 4107 /* 4108 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks. 4109 */ 4110 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa); 4111 4112 /* 4113 * Kick-off the syncing thread. 4114 */ 4115 spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE; 4116 txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool); 4117 mmp_thread_start(spa); 4118 4119 /* 4120 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest 4121 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks 4122 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg 4123 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations 4124 * performed above. 4125 */ 4126 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg); 4127 4128 /* 4129 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the 4130 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels 4131 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache). 4132 */ 4133 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa, config_cache_txg, 4134 update_config_cache); 4135 4136 /* 4137 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering. 4138 */ 4139 if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) && 4140 vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) 4141 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER); 4142 4143 /* 4144 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if 4145 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation). 4146 */ 4147 spa_history_log_version(spa, "open"); 4148 4149 spa_restart_removal(spa); 4150 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa); 4151 4152 /* 4153 * Delete any inconsistent datasets. 4154 * 4155 * Note: 4156 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here, 4157 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the 4158 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist 4159 * deletion zthr is part of). 4160 */ 4161 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), 4162 dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN); 4163 4164 /* 4165 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs. 4166 */ 4167 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool); 4168 4169 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER); 4170 vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev); 4171 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG); 4172 } 4173 4174 spa_load_note(spa, "LOADED"); 4175 4176 return (0); 4177 } 4178 4179 static int 4180 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state) 4181 { 4182 int mode = spa->spa_mode; 4183 4184 spa_unload(spa); 4185 spa_deactivate(spa); 4186 4187 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1; 4188 4189 spa_activate(spa, mode); 4190 spa_async_suspend(spa); 4191 4192 spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu", 4193 (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_load_max_txg); 4194 4195 return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING)); 4196 } 4197 4198 /* 4199 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If 4200 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool 4201 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this 4202 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as 4203 * spa_load(). 4204 */ 4205 static int 4206 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, uint64_t max_request, 4207 int rewind_flags) 4208 { 4209 nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL; 4210 nvlist_t *config = NULL; 4211 int load_error, rewind_error; 4212 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg; 4213 uint64_t min_txg; 4214 4215 if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) { 4216 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg; 4217 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR); 4218 } else { 4219 spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request; 4220 if (max_request != UINT64_MAX) 4221 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE; 4222 } 4223 4224 load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING); 4225 if (load_error == 0) 4226 return (0); 4227 if (load_error == ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT) { 4228 /* 4229 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no 4230 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks 4231 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails. 4232 */ 4233 ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT); 4234 return (load_error); 4235 } 4236 4237 if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) 4238 config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE); 4239 4240 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg; 4241 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp; 4242 4243 if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) { 4244 nvlist_free(config); 4245 return (load_error); 4246 } 4247 4248 if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) { 4249 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */ 4250 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR); 4251 } else { 4252 /* 4253 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first 4254 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting 4255 * to rewind. 4256 */ 4257 loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info; 4258 spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc(); 4259 } 4260 4261 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg; 4262 safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE; 4263 min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ? 4264 TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg; 4265 4266 /* 4267 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within 4268 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks 4269 */ 4270 while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg && 4271 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) { 4272 if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg) 4273 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE; 4274 rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state); 4275 } 4276 4277 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE; 4278 spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX; 4279 4280 if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)) 4281 spa_config_set(spa, config); 4282 else 4283 nvlist_free(config); 4284 4285 if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) { 4286 ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL); 4287 return (rewind_error); 4288 } else { 4289 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */ 4290 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO, 4291 spa->spa_load_info); 4292 4293 /* Restore the initial load info */ 4294 fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info); 4295 spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo; 4296 4297 return (load_error); 4298 } 4299 } 4300 4301 /* 4302 * Pool Open/Import 4303 * 4304 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent 4305 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the 4306 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the 4307 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state. 4308 * 4309 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at 4310 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some 4311 * ambiguous state. 4312 */ 4313 static int 4314 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy, 4315 nvlist_t **config) 4316 { 4317 spa_t *spa; 4318 spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN; 4319 int error; 4320 int locked = B_FALSE; 4321 4322 *spapp = NULL; 4323 4324 /* 4325 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this 4326 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends 4327 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to 4328 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place. 4329 */ 4330 if (mutex_owner(&spa_namespace_lock) != curthread) { 4331 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 4332 locked = B_TRUE; 4333 } 4334 4335 if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) { 4336 if (locked) 4337 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4338 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT)); 4339 } 4340 4341 if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) { 4342 zpool_load_policy_t policy; 4343 4344 zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config, 4345 &policy); 4346 if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND) 4347 state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER; 4348 4349 spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global); 4350 4351 if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) 4352 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0; 4353 spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE; 4354 4355 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool); 4356 error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg, 4357 policy.zlp_rewind); 4358 4359 if (error == EBADF) { 4360 /* 4361 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by 4362 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates 4363 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If 4364 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and 4365 * we should remove the pool from the namespace. 4366 */ 4367 spa_unload(spa); 4368 spa_deactivate(spa); 4369 spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE); 4370 spa_remove(spa); 4371 if (locked) 4372 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4373 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT)); 4374 } 4375 4376 if (error) { 4377 /* 4378 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful 4379 * information: the state of each vdev after the 4380 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user. 4381 */ 4382 if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) { 4383 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config, 4384 KM_SLEEP) == 0); 4385 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, 4386 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO, 4387 spa->spa_load_info) == 0); 4388 } 4389 spa_unload(spa); 4390 spa_deactivate(spa); 4391 spa->spa_last_open_failed = error; 4392 if (locked) 4393 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4394 *spapp = NULL; 4395 return (error); 4396 } 4397 } 4398 4399 spa_open_ref(spa, tag); 4400 4401 if (config != NULL) 4402 *config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE); 4403 4404 /* 4405 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we 4406 * gathered while doing the load. 4407 */ 4408 if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) { 4409 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO, 4410 spa->spa_load_info) == 0); 4411 } 4412 4413 if (locked) { 4414 spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0; 4415 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0; 4416 spa->spa_load_txg = 0; 4417 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4418 } 4419 4420 *spapp = spa; 4421 4422 return (0); 4423 } 4424 4425 int 4426 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy, 4427 nvlist_t **config) 4428 { 4429 return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config)); 4430 } 4431 4432 int 4433 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag) 4434 { 4435 return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL)); 4436 } 4437 4438 /* 4439 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process, 4440 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed. 4441 */ 4442 spa_t * 4443 spa_inject_addref(char *name) 4444 { 4445 spa_t *spa; 4446 4447 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 4448 if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) { 4449 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4450 return (NULL); 4451 } 4452 spa->spa_inject_ref++; 4453 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4454 4455 return (spa); 4456 } 4457 4458 void 4459 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa) 4460 { 4461 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 4462 spa->spa_inject_ref--; 4463 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4464 } 4465 4466 /* 4467 * Add spares device information to the nvlist. 4468 */ 4469 static void 4470 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config) 4471 { 4472 nvlist_t **spares; 4473 uint_t i, nspares; 4474 nvlist_t *nvroot; 4475 uint64_t guid; 4476 vdev_stat_t *vs; 4477 uint_t vsc; 4478 uint64_t pool; 4479 4480 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER)); 4481 4482 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0) 4483 return; 4484 4485 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, 4486 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0); 4487 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 4488 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0); 4489 if (nspares != 0) { 4490 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, 4491 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0); 4492 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, 4493 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0); 4494 4495 /* 4496 * Go through and find any spares which have since been 4497 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update 4498 * their status appropriately. 4499 */ 4500 for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) { 4501 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i], 4502 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0); 4503 if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) && 4504 pool != 0ULL) { 4505 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array( 4506 spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, 4507 (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0); 4508 vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN; 4509 vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED; 4510 } 4511 } 4512 } 4513 } 4514 4515 /* 4516 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats. 4517 */ 4518 static void 4519 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config) 4520 { 4521 nvlist_t **l2cache; 4522 uint_t i, j, nl2cache; 4523 nvlist_t *nvroot; 4524 uint64_t guid; 4525 vdev_t *vd; 4526 vdev_stat_t *vs; 4527 uint_t vsc; 4528 4529 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER)); 4530 4531 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0) 4532 return; 4533 4534 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, 4535 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0); 4536 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config, 4537 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0); 4538 if (nl2cache != 0) { 4539 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, 4540 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0); 4541 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, 4542 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0); 4543 4544 /* 4545 * Update level 2 cache device stats. 4546 */ 4547 4548 for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) { 4549 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], 4550 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0); 4551 4552 vd = NULL; 4553 for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) { 4554 if (guid == 4555 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) { 4556 vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]; 4557 break; 4558 } 4559 } 4560 ASSERT(vd != NULL); 4561 4562 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i], 4563 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) 4564 == 0); 4565 vdev_get_stats(vd, vs); 4566 } 4567 } 4568 } 4569 4570 static void 4571 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config) 4572 { 4573 nvlist_t *features; 4574 zap_cursor_t zc; 4575 zap_attribute_t za; 4576 4577 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER)); 4578 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 4579 4580 if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) { 4581 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset, 4582 spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj); 4583 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0; 4584 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) { 4585 ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) && 4586 za.za_num_integers == 1); 4587 VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name, 4588 za.za_first_integer)); 4589 } 4590 zap_cursor_fini(&zc); 4591 } 4592 4593 if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) { 4594 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset, 4595 spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj); 4596 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0; 4597 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) { 4598 ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) && 4599 za.za_num_integers == 1); 4600 VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name, 4601 za.za_first_integer)); 4602 } 4603 zap_cursor_fini(&zc); 4604 } 4605 4606 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS, 4607 features) == 0); 4608 nvlist_free(features); 4609 } 4610 4611 int 4612 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config, 4613 char *altroot, size_t buflen) 4614 { 4615 int error; 4616 spa_t *spa; 4617 4618 *config = NULL; 4619 error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config); 4620 4621 if (spa != NULL) { 4622 /* 4623 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares 4624 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be 4625 * self-inconsistent. 4626 */ 4627 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER); 4628 4629 if (*config != NULL) { 4630 uint64_t loadtimes[2]; 4631 4632 loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec; 4633 loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec; 4634 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config, 4635 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0); 4636 4637 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config, 4638 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT, 4639 spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0); 4640 4641 if (spa_suspended(spa)) { 4642 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config, 4643 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED, 4644 spa->spa_failmode) == 0); 4645 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config, 4646 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON, 4647 spa->spa_suspended) == 0); 4648 } 4649 4650 spa_add_spares(spa, *config); 4651 spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config); 4652 spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config); 4653 } 4654 } 4655 4656 /* 4657 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat 4658 * and call spa_lookup() directly. 4659 */ 4660 if (altroot) { 4661 if (spa == NULL) { 4662 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 4663 spa = spa_lookup(name); 4664 if (spa) 4665 spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen); 4666 else 4667 altroot[0] = '\0'; 4668 spa = NULL; 4669 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4670 } else { 4671 spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen); 4672 } 4673 } 4674 4675 if (spa != NULL) { 4676 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG); 4677 spa_close(spa, FTAG); 4678 } 4679 4680 return (error); 4681 } 4682 4683 /* 4684 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an 4685 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an 4686 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be 4687 * specified, as long as they are well-formed. 4688 */ 4689 static int 4690 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode, 4691 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version, 4692 vdev_labeltype_t label) 4693 { 4694 nvlist_t **dev; 4695 uint_t i, ndev; 4696 vdev_t *vd; 4697 int error; 4698 4699 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL); 4700 4701 /* 4702 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified. 4703 */ 4704 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0) 4705 return (0); 4706 4707 if (ndev == 0) 4708 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL)); 4709 4710 /* 4711 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this 4712 * device type. 4713 */ 4714 if (spa_version(spa) < version) 4715 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP)); 4716 4717 /* 4718 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use 4719 * checking. 4720 */ 4721 sav->sav_pending = dev; 4722 sav->sav_npending = ndev; 4723 4724 for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) { 4725 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0, 4726 mode)) != 0) 4727 goto out; 4728 4729 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) { 4730 vdev_free(vd); 4731 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 4732 goto out; 4733 } 4734 4735 vd->vdev_top = vd; 4736 4737 if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 && 4738 (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) { 4739 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, 4740 vd->vdev_guid) == 0); 4741 } 4742 4743 vdev_free(vd); 4744 4745 if (error && 4746 (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE)) 4747 goto out; 4748 else 4749 error = 0; 4750 } 4751 4752 out: 4753 sav->sav_pending = NULL; 4754 sav->sav_npending = 0; 4755 return (error); 4756 } 4757 4758 static int 4759 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode) 4760 { 4761 int error; 4762 4763 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL); 4764 4765 if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode, 4766 &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES, 4767 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) { 4768 return (error); 4769 } 4770 4771 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode, 4772 &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE, 4773 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE)); 4774 } 4775 4776 static void 4777 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs, 4778 const char *config) 4779 { 4780 int i; 4781 4782 if (sav->sav_config != NULL) { 4783 nvlist_t **olddevs; 4784 uint_t oldndevs; 4785 nvlist_t **newdevs; 4786 4787 /* 4788 * Generate new dev list by concatentating with the 4789 * current dev list. 4790 */ 4791 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config, 4792 &olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0); 4793 4794 newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) * 4795 (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP); 4796 for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++) 4797 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i], 4798 KM_SLEEP) == 0); 4799 for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++) 4800 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs], 4801 KM_SLEEP) == 0); 4802 4803 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config, 4804 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0); 4805 4806 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, 4807 config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0); 4808 for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++) 4809 nvlist_free(newdevs[i]); 4810 kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *)); 4811 } else { 4812 /* 4813 * Generate a new dev list. 4814 */ 4815 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, 4816 KM_SLEEP) == 0); 4817 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config, 4818 devs, ndevs) == 0); 4819 } 4820 } 4821 4822 /* 4823 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices 4824 */ 4825 void 4826 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa) 4827 { 4828 vdev_t *vd; 4829 int i; 4830 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache; 4831 4832 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) { 4833 uint64_t pool; 4834 4835 vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i]; 4836 ASSERT(vd != NULL); 4837 4838 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) && 4839 pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd)) 4840 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd); 4841 } 4842 } 4843 4844 /* 4845 * Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must 4846 * have the encryption feature flag enabled. 4847 */ 4848 static int 4849 spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t *dcp, 4850 boolean_t has_encryption) 4851 { 4852 if (dcp->cp_crypt != ZIO_CRYPT_OFF && 4853 dcp->cp_crypt != ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT && 4854 !has_encryption) 4855 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP)); 4856 4857 return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL, dcp, NULL)); 4858 } 4859 4860 /* 4861 * Pool Creation 4862 */ 4863 int 4864 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props, 4865 nvlist_t *zplprops, dsl_crypto_params_t *dcp) 4866 { 4867 spa_t *spa; 4868 char *altroot = NULL; 4869 vdev_t *rvd; 4870 dsl_pool_t *dp; 4871 dmu_tx_t *tx; 4872 int error = 0; 4873 uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL; 4874 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache; 4875 uint_t nspares, nl2cache; 4876 uint64_t version, obj; 4877 boolean_t has_features; 4878 char *poolname; 4879 nvlist_t *nvl; 4880 boolean_t has_encryption; 4881 spa_feature_t feat; 4882 char *feat_name; 4883 4884 if (props == NULL || 4885 nvlist_lookup_string(props, 4886 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_TNAME), &poolname) != 0) 4887 poolname = (char *)pool; 4888 4889 /* 4890 * If this pool already exists, return failure. 4891 */ 4892 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 4893 if (spa_lookup(poolname) != NULL) { 4894 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4895 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST)); 4896 } 4897 4898 /* 4899 * Allocate a new spa_t structure. 4900 */ 4901 nvl = fnvlist_alloc(); 4902 fnvlist_add_string(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, pool); 4903 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props, 4904 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot); 4905 spa = spa_add(poolname, nvl, altroot); 4906 fnvlist_free(nvl); 4907 spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global); 4908 4909 if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) { 4910 spa_deactivate(spa); 4911 spa_remove(spa); 4912 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4913 return (error); 4914 } 4915 4916 /* 4917 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk. 4918 */ 4919 if (poolname != pool) 4920 spa->spa_import_flags |= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME; 4921 4922 has_features = B_FALSE; 4923 has_encryption = B_FALSE; 4924 for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL); 4925 elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) { 4926 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem))) { 4927 has_features = B_TRUE; 4928 feat_name = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1; 4929 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name, &feat)); 4930 if (feat == SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION) 4931 has_encryption = B_TRUE; 4932 } 4933 } 4934 4935 /* verify encryption params, if they were provided */ 4936 if (dcp != NULL) { 4937 error = spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp, has_encryption); 4938 if (error != 0) { 4939 spa_deactivate(spa); 4940 spa_remove(spa); 4941 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4942 return (error); 4943 } 4944 } 4945 4946 if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props, 4947 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) { 4948 version = SPA_VERSION; 4949 } 4950 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version)); 4951 4952 spa->spa_first_txg = txg; 4953 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1; 4954 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version; 4955 spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock; 4956 spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_CREATE; 4957 spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_state = DSS_NONE; 4958 spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_removing_vdev = -1; 4959 spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev = -1; 4960 spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_TRUE; 4961 4962 /* 4963 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs 4964 */ 4965 spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *), 4966 KM_SLEEP); 4967 for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) { 4968 spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 4969 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | 4970 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER); 4971 } 4972 4973 /* 4974 * Create the root vdev. 4975 */ 4976 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 4977 4978 error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD); 4979 4980 ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL); 4981 ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd); 4982 4983 if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot)) 4984 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 4985 4986 if (error == 0 && 4987 (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 && 4988 (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, 4989 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) { 4990 /* 4991 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs) 4992 * we can no longer error exit past this point 4993 */ 4994 for (int c = 0; error == 0 && c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 4995 vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 4996 4997 vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd); 4998 vdev_expand(vd, txg); 4999 } 5000 } 5001 5002 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5003 5004 if (error != 0) { 5005 spa_unload(spa); 5006 spa_deactivate(spa); 5007 spa_remove(spa); 5008 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5009 return (error); 5010 } 5011 5012 /* 5013 * Get the list of spares, if specified. 5014 */ 5015 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, 5016 &spares, &nspares) == 0) { 5017 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, 5018 KM_SLEEP) == 0); 5019 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 5020 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0); 5021 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5022 spa_load_spares(spa); 5023 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5024 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 5025 } 5026 5027 /* 5028 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified. 5029 */ 5030 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, 5031 &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) { 5032 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config, 5033 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 5034 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config, 5035 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0); 5036 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5037 spa_load_l2cache(spa); 5038 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5039 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 5040 } 5041 5042 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE; 5043 spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, dcp, txg); 5044 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE; 5045 5046 /* 5047 * Create DDTs (dedup tables). 5048 */ 5049 ddt_create(spa); 5050 5051 spa_update_dspace(spa); 5052 5053 tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg); 5054 5055 /* 5056 * Create the pool config object. 5057 */ 5058 spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 5059 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE, 5060 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx); 5061 5062 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset, 5063 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, 5064 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) { 5065 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config"); 5066 } 5067 5068 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset, 5069 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION, 5070 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) { 5071 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version"); 5072 } 5073 5074 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */ 5075 if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) { 5076 spa->spa_deflate = TRUE; 5077 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset, 5078 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, 5079 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) { 5080 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate"); 5081 } 5082 } 5083 5084 /* 5085 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression 5086 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize 5087 * keeps changing. 5088 */ 5089 obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx); 5090 dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 5091 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx); 5092 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset, 5093 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, 5094 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) { 5095 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj"); 5096 } 5097 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, 5098 spa->spa_meta_objset, obj)); 5099 5100 /* 5101 * Create the pool's history object. 5102 */ 5103 if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY) 5104 spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx); 5105 5106 /* 5107 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on. 5108 */ 5109 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, 5110 sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes)); 5111 5112 /* 5113 * Set pool properties. 5114 */ 5115 spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS); 5116 spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION); 5117 spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE); 5118 spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND); 5119 spa->spa_multihost = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST); 5120 5121 if (props != NULL) { 5122 spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE); 5123 spa_sync_props(props, tx); 5124 } 5125 5126 dmu_tx_commit(tx); 5127 5128 spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE; 5129 txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool); 5130 mmp_thread_start(spa); 5131 5132 /* 5133 * We explicitly wait for the first transaction to complete so that our 5134 * bean counters are appropriately updated. 5135 */ 5136 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg); 5137 5138 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa); 5139 5140 spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE); 5141 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE); 5142 5143 spa_history_log_version(spa, "create"); 5144 5145 /* 5146 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed 5147 * and are making their way through the eviction process. 5148 */ 5149 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa); 5150 spa->spa_minref = zfs_refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount); 5151 spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_NONE; 5152 5153 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5154 5155 return (0); 5156 } 5157 5158 #ifdef _KERNEL 5159 /* 5160 * Get the root pool information from the root disk, then import the root pool 5161 * during the system boot up time. 5162 */ 5163 extern int vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(char *, char *, nvlist_t **); 5164 5165 static nvlist_t * 5166 spa_generate_rootconf(char *devpath, char *devid, uint64_t *guid) 5167 { 5168 nvlist_t *config; 5169 nvlist_t *nvtop, *nvroot; 5170 uint64_t pgid; 5171 5172 if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(devpath, devid, &config) != 0) 5173 return (NULL); 5174 5175 /* 5176 * Add this top-level vdev to the child array. 5177 */ 5178 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, 5179 &nvtop) == 0); 5180 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, 5181 &pgid) == 0); 5182 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, guid) == 0); 5183 5184 /* 5185 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev. 5186 */ 5187 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 5188 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE, 5189 VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0); 5190 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0); 5191 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0); 5192 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, 5193 &nvtop, 1) == 0); 5194 5195 /* 5196 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in 5197 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new). 5198 */ 5199 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0); 5200 nvlist_free(nvroot); 5201 return (config); 5202 } 5203 5204 /* 5205 * Walk the vdev tree and see if we can find a device with "better" 5206 * configuration. A configuration is "better" if the label on that 5207 * device has a more recent txg. 5208 */ 5209 static void 5210 spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t **avd, uint64_t *txg) 5211 { 5212 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) 5213 spa_alt_rootvdev(vd->vdev_child[c], avd, txg); 5214 5215 if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) { 5216 nvlist_t *label; 5217 uint64_t label_txg; 5218 5219 if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(vd->vdev_physpath, vd->vdev_devid, 5220 &label) != 0) 5221 return; 5222 5223 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, 5224 &label_txg) == 0); 5225 5226 /* 5227 * Do we have a better boot device? 5228 */ 5229 if (label_txg > *txg) { 5230 *txg = label_txg; 5231 *avd = vd; 5232 } 5233 nvlist_free(label); 5234 } 5235 } 5236 5237 /* 5238 * Import a root pool. 5239 * 5240 * For x86. devpath_list will consist of devid and/or physpath name of 5241 * the vdev (e.g. "id1,sd@SSEAGATE..." or "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a"). 5242 * The GRUB "findroot" command will return the vdev we should boot. 5243 * 5244 * For Sparc, devpath_list consists the physpath name of the booting device 5245 * no matter the rootpool is a single device pool or a mirrored pool. 5246 * e.g. 5247 * "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a" 5248 */ 5249 int 5250 spa_import_rootpool(char *devpath, char *devid) 5251 { 5252 spa_t *spa; 5253 vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL; 5254 nvlist_t *config, *nvtop; 5255 uint64_t guid, txg; 5256 char *pname; 5257 int error; 5258 5259 /* 5260 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration. 5261 */ 5262 config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid); 5263 #if defined(_OBP) && defined(_KERNEL) 5264 if (config == NULL) { 5265 if (strstr(devpath, "/iscsi/ssd") != NULL) { 5266 /* iscsi boot */ 5267 get_iscsi_bootpath_phy(devpath); 5268 config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid); 5269 } 5270 } 5271 #endif 5272 if (config == NULL) { 5273 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot read the pool label from '%s'", 5274 devpath); 5275 return (SET_ERROR(EIO)); 5276 } 5277 5278 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, 5279 &pname) == 0); 5280 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg) == 0); 5281 5282 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 5283 if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) { 5284 /* 5285 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so that we 5286 * can replace it with the correct config we just read in. 5287 */ 5288 spa_remove(spa); 5289 } 5290 5291 spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL); 5292 spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE; 5293 spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM; 5294 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION, 5295 &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0) 5296 spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL; 5297 5298 /* 5299 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config. 5300 */ 5301 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, 5302 &nvtop) == 0); 5303 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5304 error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0, 5305 VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL); 5306 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5307 if (error) { 5308 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5309 nvlist_free(config); 5310 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'", 5311 pname); 5312 return (error); 5313 } 5314 5315 /* 5316 * Get the boot vdev. 5317 */ 5318 if ((bvd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(rvd, guid)) == NULL) { 5319 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not find the boot vdev for guid %llu", 5320 (u_longlong_t)guid); 5321 error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT); 5322 goto out; 5323 } 5324 5325 /* 5326 * Determine if there is a better boot device. 5327 */ 5328 avd = bvd; 5329 spa_alt_rootvdev(rvd, &avd, &txg); 5330 if (avd != bvd) { 5331 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is 'degraded'. Please " 5332 "try booting from '%s'", avd->vdev_path); 5333 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 5334 goto out; 5335 } 5336 5337 /* 5338 * If the boot device is part of a spare vdev then ensure that 5339 * we're booting off the active spare. 5340 */ 5341 if (bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && 5342 !bvd->vdev_isspare) { 5343 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is currently spared. Please " 5344 "try booting from '%s'", 5345 bvd->vdev_parent-> 5346 vdev_child[bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_path); 5347 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 5348 goto out; 5349 } 5350 5351 error = 0; 5352 out: 5353 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5354 vdev_free(rvd); 5355 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5356 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5357 5358 nvlist_free(config); 5359 return (error); 5360 } 5361 5362 #endif 5363 5364 /* 5365 * Import a non-root pool into the system. 5366 */ 5367 int 5368 spa_import(const char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags) 5369 { 5370 spa_t *spa; 5371 char *altroot = NULL; 5372 spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT; 5373 zpool_load_policy_t policy; 5374 uint64_t mode = spa_mode_global; 5375 uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE; 5376 int error; 5377 nvlist_t *nvroot; 5378 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache; 5379 uint_t nspares, nl2cache; 5380 5381 /* 5382 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure. 5383 */ 5384 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 5385 if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) { 5386 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5387 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST)); 5388 } 5389 5390 /* 5391 * Create and initialize the spa structure. 5392 */ 5393 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props, 5394 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot); 5395 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props, 5396 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly); 5397 if (readonly) 5398 mode = FREAD; 5399 spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot); 5400 spa->spa_import_flags = flags; 5401 5402 /* 5403 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace 5404 * as if it had been loaded at boot. 5405 */ 5406 if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) { 5407 if (props != NULL) 5408 spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE); 5409 5410 spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE); 5411 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT); 5412 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool); 5413 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5414 return (0); 5415 } 5416 5417 spa_activate(spa, mode); 5418 5419 /* 5420 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy. 5421 */ 5422 spa_async_suspend(spa); 5423 5424 zpool_get_load_policy(config, &policy); 5425 if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND) 5426 state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER; 5427 5428 spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT; 5429 5430 if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) { 5431 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0; 5432 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool); 5433 } else { 5434 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld " 5435 "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg); 5436 } 5437 error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg, policy.zlp_rewind); 5438 5439 /* 5440 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it 5441 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc). 5442 */ 5443 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO, 5444 spa->spa_load_info) == 0); 5445 5446 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5447 /* 5448 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity 5449 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare(). 5450 */ 5451 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) { 5452 nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config); 5453 spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL; 5454 spa_load_spares(spa); 5455 } 5456 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) { 5457 nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config); 5458 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL; 5459 spa_load_l2cache(spa); 5460 } 5461 5462 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, 5463 &nvroot) == 0); 5464 if (error == 0) 5465 error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL, 5466 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE); 5467 if (error == 0) 5468 error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL, 5469 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE); 5470 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5471 5472 if (props != NULL) 5473 spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE); 5474 5475 if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) && 5476 (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) { 5477 spa_unload(spa); 5478 spa_deactivate(spa); 5479 spa_remove(spa); 5480 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5481 return (error); 5482 } 5483 5484 spa_async_resume(spa); 5485 5486 /* 5487 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by 5488 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc. 5489 */ 5490 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, 5491 &spares, &nspares) == 0) { 5492 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) 5493 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 5494 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0); 5495 else 5496 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 5497 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 5498 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 5499 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0); 5500 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5501 spa_load_spares(spa); 5502 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5503 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 5504 } 5505 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, 5506 &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) { 5507 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) 5508 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config, 5509 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0); 5510 else 5511 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config, 5512 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 5513 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config, 5514 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0); 5515 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5516 spa_load_l2cache(spa); 5517 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5518 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 5519 } 5520 5521 /* 5522 * Check for any removed devices. 5523 */ 5524 if (spa->spa_autoreplace) { 5525 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares); 5526 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache); 5527 } 5528 5529 if (spa_writeable(spa)) { 5530 /* 5531 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool. 5532 */ 5533 spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL); 5534 } 5535 5536 /* 5537 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported. 5538 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us. 5539 */ 5540 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND); 5541 5542 spa_history_log_version(spa, "import"); 5543 5544 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT); 5545 5546 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5547 5548 return (0); 5549 } 5550 5551 nvlist_t * 5552 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig) 5553 { 5554 nvlist_t *config = NULL; 5555 char *poolname, *cachefile; 5556 spa_t *spa; 5557 uint64_t state; 5558 int error; 5559 zpool_load_policy_t policy; 5560 5561 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname)) 5562 return (NULL); 5563 5564 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state)) 5565 return (NULL); 5566 5567 /* 5568 * Create and initialize the spa structure. 5569 */ 5570 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 5571 spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL); 5572 spa_activate(spa, FREAD); 5573 5574 /* 5575 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided. 5576 */ 5577 zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy); 5578 if (policy.zlp_txg != UINT64_MAX) { 5579 spa->spa_load_max_txg = policy.zlp_txg; 5580 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE; 5581 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld", 5582 poolname, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg); 5583 } else { 5584 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname); 5585 } 5586 5587 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE, &cachefile) 5588 == 0) { 5589 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile); 5590 spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE; 5591 } else { 5592 spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN; 5593 } 5594 5595 error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING); 5596 5597 /* 5598 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config. 5599 */ 5600 if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) { 5601 config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE); 5602 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, 5603 poolname) == 0); 5604 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, 5605 state) == 0); 5606 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP, 5607 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0); 5608 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO, 5609 spa->spa_load_info) == 0); 5610 5611 /* 5612 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we 5613 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which 5614 * pools are bootable. 5615 */ 5616 if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) { 5617 char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP); 5618 5619 /* 5620 * We have to play games with the name since the 5621 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME. 5622 */ 5623 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa), 5624 spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) { 5625 char *cp; 5626 char *dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP); 5627 5628 cp = strchr(tmpname, '/'); 5629 if (cp == NULL) { 5630 (void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname, 5631 MAXPATHLEN); 5632 } else { 5633 (void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN, 5634 "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp); 5635 } 5636 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, 5637 ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0); 5638 kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN); 5639 } 5640 kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN); 5641 } 5642 5643 /* 5644 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices. 5645 */ 5646 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER); 5647 spa_add_spares(spa, config); 5648 spa_add_l2cache(spa, config); 5649 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG); 5650 } 5651 5652 spa_unload(spa); 5653 spa_deactivate(spa); 5654 spa_remove(spa); 5655 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5656 5657 return (config); 5658 } 5659 5660 /* 5661 * Pool export/destroy 5662 * 5663 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there 5664 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we 5665 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the 5666 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then 5667 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache. 5668 */ 5669 static int 5670 spa_export_common(char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig, 5671 boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce) 5672 { 5673 spa_t *spa; 5674 5675 if (oldconfig) 5676 *oldconfig = NULL; 5677 5678 if (!(spa_mode_global & FWRITE)) 5679 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS)); 5680 5681 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 5682 if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) { 5683 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5684 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT)); 5685 } 5686 5687 /* 5688 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks, 5689 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export. 5690 */ 5691 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG); 5692 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5693 spa_async_suspend(spa); 5694 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 5695 spa_close(spa, FTAG); 5696 5697 /* 5698 * The pool will be in core if it's openable, 5699 * in which case we can modify its state. 5700 */ 5701 if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && spa->spa_sync_on) { 5702 5703 /* 5704 * Objsets may be open only because they're dirty, so we 5705 * have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt. 5706 */ 5707 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0); 5708 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa); 5709 5710 /* 5711 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active 5712 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by 5713 * fault injection handlers. 5714 */ 5715 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) || 5716 (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0 && 5717 new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)) { 5718 spa_async_resume(spa); 5719 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5720 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY)); 5721 } 5722 5723 /* 5724 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare. 5725 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare 5726 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can 5727 * be forcedly exported. 5728 */ 5729 if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED && 5730 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) { 5731 spa_async_resume(spa); 5732 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5733 return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV)); 5734 } 5735 5736 /* 5737 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure 5738 * we stop all initializtion activity here before we 5739 * set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all 5740 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is 5741 * committed to disk before we unload the pool. 5742 */ 5743 if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) { 5744 vdev_initialize_stop_all(spa->spa_root_vdev, 5745 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE); 5746 } 5747 5748 /* 5749 * We want this to be reflected on every label, 5750 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the 5751 * final sync that pushes these changes out. 5752 */ 5753 if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) { 5754 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5755 spa->spa_state = new_state; 5756 spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 5757 TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1; 5758 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev); 5759 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5760 } 5761 } 5762 5763 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY); 5764 5765 if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) { 5766 spa_unload(spa); 5767 spa_deactivate(spa); 5768 } 5769 5770 if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config) 5771 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0); 5772 5773 if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) { 5774 if (!hardforce) 5775 spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE); 5776 spa_remove(spa); 5777 } 5778 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5779 5780 return (0); 5781 } 5782 5783 /* 5784 * Destroy a storage pool. 5785 */ 5786 int 5787 spa_destroy(char *pool) 5788 { 5789 return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL, 5790 B_FALSE, B_FALSE)); 5791 } 5792 5793 /* 5794 * Export a storage pool. 5795 */ 5796 int 5797 spa_export(char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force, 5798 boolean_t hardforce) 5799 { 5800 return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig, 5801 force, hardforce)); 5802 } 5803 5804 /* 5805 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it 5806 * from the namespace in any way. 5807 */ 5808 int 5809 spa_reset(char *pool) 5810 { 5811 return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL, 5812 B_FALSE, B_FALSE)); 5813 } 5814 5815 /* 5816 * ========================================================================== 5817 * Device manipulation 5818 * ========================================================================== 5819 */ 5820 5821 /* 5822 * Add a device to a storage pool. 5823 */ 5824 int 5825 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot) 5826 { 5827 uint64_t txg, id; 5828 int error; 5829 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 5830 vdev_t *vd, *tvd; 5831 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache; 5832 uint_t nspares, nl2cache; 5833 5834 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 5835 5836 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa); 5837 5838 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0, 5839 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0) 5840 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error)); 5841 5842 spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */ 5843 5844 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, 5845 &nspares) != 0) 5846 nspares = 0; 5847 5848 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, 5849 &nl2cache) != 0) 5850 nl2cache = 0; 5851 5852 if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0) 5853 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL)); 5854 5855 if (vd->vdev_children != 0 && 5856 (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0) 5857 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error)); 5858 5859 /* 5860 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the 5861 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare. 5862 */ 5863 if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0) 5864 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error)); 5865 5866 /* 5867 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add 5868 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool. 5869 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect 5870 * vdevs, we can not add raidz toplevels. 5871 */ 5872 if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL || 5873 spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev != -1) { 5874 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) { 5875 tvd = vd->vdev_child[c]; 5876 if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL && 5877 tvd->vdev_ashift != spa->spa_max_ashift) { 5878 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL)); 5879 } 5880 /* Fail if top level vdev is raidz */ 5881 if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_raidz_ops) { 5882 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL)); 5883 } 5884 /* 5885 * Need the top level mirror to be 5886 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only 5887 */ 5888 if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_mirror_ops) { 5889 for (uint64_t cid = 0; 5890 cid < tvd->vdev_children; cid++) { 5891 vdev_t *cvd = tvd->vdev_child[cid]; 5892 if (!cvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) { 5893 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, 5894 txg, EINVAL)); 5895 } 5896 } 5897 } 5898 } 5899 } 5900 5901 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) { 5902 5903 /* 5904 * Set the vdev id to the first hole, if one exists. 5905 */ 5906 for (id = 0; id < rvd->vdev_children; id++) { 5907 if (rvd->vdev_child[id]->vdev_ishole) { 5908 vdev_free(rvd->vdev_child[id]); 5909 break; 5910 } 5911 } 5912 tvd = vd->vdev_child[c]; 5913 vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd); 5914 tvd->vdev_id = id; 5915 vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd); 5916 vdev_config_dirty(tvd); 5917 } 5918 5919 if (nspares != 0) { 5920 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares, 5921 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES); 5922 spa_load_spares(spa); 5923 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 5924 } 5925 5926 if (nl2cache != 0) { 5927 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache, 5928 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE); 5929 spa_load_l2cache(spa); 5930 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 5931 } 5932 5933 /* 5934 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool. 5935 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we 5936 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may 5937 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache 5938 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without 5939 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit()); 5940 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs. 5941 * 5942 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that 5943 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining 5944 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool. 5945 */ 5946 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0); 5947 5948 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 5949 spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL); 5950 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD); 5951 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5952 5953 return (0); 5954 } 5955 5956 /* 5957 * Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device 5958 * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies 5959 * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev. 5960 * 5961 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the 5962 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own 5963 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to 5964 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few 5965 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon 5966 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced) 5967 * is automatically detached. 5968 */ 5969 int 5970 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing) 5971 { 5972 uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg; 5973 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 5974 vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd; 5975 vdev_ops_t *pvops; 5976 char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath; 5977 int newvd_isspare; 5978 int error; 5979 5980 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 5981 5982 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa); 5983 5984 oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE); 5985 5986 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 5987 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) { 5988 error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ? 5989 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT; 5990 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error)); 5991 } 5992 5993 if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) 5994 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY)); 5995 5996 if (oldvd == NULL) 5997 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV)); 5998 5999 if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) 6000 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6001 6002 pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent; 6003 6004 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, 6005 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0) 6006 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL)); 6007 6008 if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1) 6009 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL)); 6010 6011 newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0]; 6012 6013 if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) 6014 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL)); 6015 6016 if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0) 6017 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error)); 6018 6019 /* 6020 * Spares can't replace logs 6021 */ 6022 if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare) 6023 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6024 6025 if (!replacing) { 6026 /* 6027 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root 6028 * vdev. 6029 */ 6030 if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops && 6031 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops) 6032 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6033 6034 pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops; 6035 } else { 6036 /* 6037 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot 6038 * spares. 6039 */ 6040 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && 6041 oldvd->vdev_isspare && 6042 !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid)) 6043 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6044 6045 /* 6046 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a 6047 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we 6048 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to 6049 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is 6050 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces 6051 * non-spare). 6052 */ 6053 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && 6054 spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) { 6055 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6056 } else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && 6057 newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) { 6058 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6059 } 6060 6061 if (newvd->vdev_isspare) 6062 pvops = &vdev_spare_ops; 6063 else 6064 pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops; 6065 } 6066 6067 /* 6068 * Make sure the new device is big enough. 6069 */ 6070 if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd)) 6071 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW)); 6072 6073 /* 6074 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement 6075 * than the top-level vdev. 6076 */ 6077 if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) 6078 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EDOM)); 6079 6080 /* 6081 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid 6082 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on. 6083 */ 6084 if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) { 6085 spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path); 6086 oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5, 6087 KM_SLEEP); 6088 (void) sprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, "%s/%s", 6089 newvd->vdev_path, "old"); 6090 if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) { 6091 spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid); 6092 oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL; 6093 } 6094 } 6095 6096 /* mark the device being resilvered */ 6097 newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg; 6098 6099 /* 6100 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new 6101 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd. 6102 */ 6103 if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops) 6104 pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops); 6105 6106 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd); 6107 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops); 6108 ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd); 6109 6110 /* 6111 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd. 6112 */ 6113 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd); 6114 newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children; 6115 newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg; 6116 vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd); 6117 6118 tvd = newvd->vdev_top; 6119 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd); 6120 ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd); 6121 6122 vdev_config_dirty(tvd); 6123 6124 /* 6125 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account 6126 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when 6127 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess(). 6128 */ 6129 dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES; 6130 6131 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING, TXG_INITIAL, 6132 dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL); 6133 6134 if (newvd->vdev_isspare) { 6135 spa_spare_activate(newvd); 6136 spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE); 6137 } 6138 6139 oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path); 6140 newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path); 6141 newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare; 6142 6143 /* 6144 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg. 6145 */ 6146 vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg); 6147 6148 /* 6149 * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to 6150 * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the 6151 * respective datasets. We do not do this if resilvers have been 6152 * deferred. 6153 */ 6154 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa)) && 6155 spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER)) 6156 vdev_set_deferred_resilver(spa, newvd); 6157 else 6158 dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, dtl_max_txg); 6159 6160 if (spa->spa_bootfs) 6161 spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH); 6162 6163 spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH); 6164 6165 /* 6166 * Commit the config 6167 */ 6168 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0); 6169 6170 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL, 6171 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s", 6172 replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" : 6173 replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath, 6174 replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath); 6175 6176 spa_strfree(oldvdpath); 6177 spa_strfree(newvdpath); 6178 6179 return (0); 6180 } 6181 6182 /* 6183 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev. 6184 * 6185 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent 6186 * is a replacing vdev. 6187 */ 6188 int 6189 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done) 6190 { 6191 uint64_t txg; 6192 int error; 6193 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 6194 vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd; 6195 boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE; 6196 uint64_t unspare_guid = 0; 6197 char *vdpath; 6198 6199 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 6200 6201 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa); 6202 6203 vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE); 6204 6205 /* 6206 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the 6207 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called 6208 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done(). 6209 * 6210 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't 6211 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub 6212 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done() 6213 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint. 6214 * 6215 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly 6216 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything 6217 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away. 6218 */ 6219 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 6220 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) { 6221 error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ? 6222 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT; 6223 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error)); 6224 } 6225 6226 if (vd == NULL) 6227 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV)); 6228 6229 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) 6230 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6231 6232 pvd = vd->vdev_parent; 6233 6234 /* 6235 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it. 6236 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing 6237 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing 6238 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel 6239 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up 6240 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C, 6241 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then 6242 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what 6243 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the 6244 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example, 6245 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R. 6246 */ 6247 if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0) 6248 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY)); 6249 6250 /* 6251 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced. 6252 */ 6253 if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops && 6254 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops) 6255 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6256 6257 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops || 6258 spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES); 6259 6260 /* 6261 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach. 6262 */ 6263 if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops && 6264 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops && 6265 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops) 6266 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6267 6268 /* 6269 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data, 6270 * we cannot safely detach it. 6271 */ 6272 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd)) 6273 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY)); 6274 6275 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2); 6276 6277 /* 6278 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then 6279 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old" 6280 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now. 6281 */ 6282 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 && 6283 vd->vdev_path != NULL) { 6284 size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path); 6285 6286 for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) { 6287 cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c]; 6288 6289 if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL) 6290 continue; 6291 6292 if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 && 6293 strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) { 6294 spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path); 6295 cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path); 6296 break; 6297 } 6298 } 6299 } 6300 6301 /* 6302 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies 6303 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the 6304 * active spare list for the pool. 6305 */ 6306 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && 6307 vd->vdev_id == 0 && 6308 pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_isspare) 6309 unspare = B_TRUE; 6310 6311 /* 6312 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things. 6313 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled, 6314 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it). 6315 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal -- 6316 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason 6317 * it's being detached! 6318 */ 6319 error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE); 6320 6321 /* 6322 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children. 6323 */ 6324 vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd); 6325 vdev_compact_children(pvd); 6326 6327 /* 6328 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below. 6329 */ 6330 cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]; 6331 6332 /* 6333 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares, 6334 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process. 6335 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can 6336 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar 6337 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach; 6338 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and 6339 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail. 6340 */ 6341 if (unspare) { 6342 ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare); 6343 spa_spare_remove(cvd); 6344 unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid; 6345 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE); 6346 cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE; 6347 } 6348 6349 /* 6350 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child, 6351 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree. 6352 */ 6353 if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) { 6354 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) 6355 cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE; 6356 vdev_remove_parent(cvd); 6357 } 6358 6359 6360 /* 6361 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed 6362 * may have been the previous top-level vdev. 6363 */ 6364 tvd = cvd->vdev_top; 6365 ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd); 6366 6367 /* 6368 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state. 6369 */ 6370 vdev_propagate_state(cvd); 6371 6372 /* 6373 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically 6374 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we 6375 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to 6376 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev 6377 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs. 6378 */ 6379 if (spa->spa_autoexpand) { 6380 vdev_reopen(tvd); 6381 vdev_expand(tvd, txg); 6382 } 6383 6384 vdev_config_dirty(tvd); 6385 6386 /* 6387 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that 6388 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context. 6389 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to 6390 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed. 6391 */ 6392 vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path); 6393 for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++) 6394 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t); 6395 vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE; 6396 vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg); 6397 6398 spa_event_notify(spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE); 6399 6400 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */ 6401 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG); 6402 6403 error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0); 6404 6405 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL, 6406 "vdev=%s", vdpath); 6407 spa_strfree(vdpath); 6408 6409 /* 6410 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev, 6411 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare 6412 * list of every other pool. 6413 */ 6414 if (unspare) { 6415 spa_t *altspa = NULL; 6416 6417 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 6418 while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) { 6419 if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE || 6420 altspa == spa) 6421 continue; 6422 6423 spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG); 6424 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6425 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE); 6426 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 6427 spa_close(altspa, FTAG); 6428 } 6429 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6430 6431 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */ 6432 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa); 6433 } 6434 6435 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */ 6436 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 6437 spa_close(spa, FTAG); 6438 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6439 6440 return (error); 6441 } 6442 6443 int 6444 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t cmd_type) 6445 { 6446 /* 6447 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function 6448 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or 6449 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that 6450 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to 6451 * the initializing operation. 6452 */ 6453 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 6454 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 6455 6456 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */ 6457 vdev_t *vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE); 6458 if (vd == NULL || vd->vdev_detached) { 6459 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG); 6460 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6461 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV)); 6462 } else if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) { 6463 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG); 6464 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6465 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL)); 6466 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd)) { 6467 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG); 6468 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6469 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS)); 6470 } 6471 mutex_enter(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock); 6472 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG); 6473 6474 /* 6475 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see 6476 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead 6477 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be 6478 * a previous initialization process which has completed but 6479 * the thread is not exited. 6480 */ 6481 if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_DO && 6482 (vd->vdev_initialize_thread != NULL || 6483 vd->vdev_top->vdev_removing)) { 6484 mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock); 6485 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6486 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY)); 6487 } else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL && 6488 (vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE && 6489 vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED)) { 6490 mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock); 6491 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6492 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH)); 6493 } else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND && 6494 vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE) { 6495 mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock); 6496 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6497 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH)); 6498 } 6499 6500 switch (cmd_type) { 6501 case POOL_INITIALIZE_DO: 6502 vdev_initialize(vd); 6503 break; 6504 case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL: 6505 vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED); 6506 break; 6507 case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND: 6508 vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED); 6509 break; 6510 default: 6511 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type); 6512 } 6513 mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock); 6514 6515 /* Sync out the initializing state */ 6516 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0); 6517 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6518 6519 return (0); 6520 } 6521 6522 6523 /* 6524 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them. 6525 */ 6526 int 6527 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config, 6528 nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp) 6529 { 6530 int error = 0; 6531 uint64_t txg, *glist; 6532 spa_t *newspa; 6533 uint_t c, children, lastlog; 6534 nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp; 6535 dmu_tx_t *tx; 6536 char *altroot = NULL; 6537 vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL; /* vdev modify list */ 6538 boolean_t activate_slog; 6539 6540 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 6541 6542 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa); 6543 6544 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 6545 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) { 6546 error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ? 6547 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT; 6548 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error)); 6549 } 6550 6551 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */ 6552 activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa); 6553 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG); 6554 error = spa_reset_logs(spa); 6555 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa); 6556 6557 if (activate_slog) 6558 spa_activate_log(spa); 6559 6560 if (error != 0) 6561 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error)); 6562 6563 /* check new spa name before going any further */ 6564 if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL) 6565 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST)); 6566 6567 /* 6568 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors 6569 */ 6570 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 || 6571 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child, 6572 &children) != 0) 6573 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL)); 6574 6575 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */ 6576 rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 6577 lastlog = 0; 6578 for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 6579 vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 6580 6581 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */ 6582 if (vd->vdev_islog || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) { 6583 if (lastlog == 0) 6584 lastlog = c; 6585 continue; 6586 } 6587 6588 lastlog = 0; 6589 } 6590 if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children)) 6591 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL)); 6592 6593 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */ 6594 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 || 6595 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0) 6596 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL)); 6597 6598 vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP); 6599 glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP); 6600 6601 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */ 6602 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) { 6603 uint64_t is_hole = 0; 6604 6605 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE, 6606 &is_hole); 6607 6608 if (is_hole != 0) { 6609 if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole || 6610 spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) { 6611 continue; 6612 } else { 6613 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 6614 break; 6615 } 6616 } 6617 6618 /* which disk is going to be split? */ 6619 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, 6620 &glist[c]) != 0) { 6621 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 6622 break; 6623 } 6624 6625 /* look it up in the spa */ 6626 vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE); 6627 if (vml[c] == NULL) { 6628 error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV); 6629 break; 6630 } 6631 6632 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */ 6633 if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops || 6634 vml[c]->vdev_islog || 6635 !vdev_is_concrete(vml[c]) || 6636 vml[c]->vdev_isspare || 6637 vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache || 6638 !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) || 6639 vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 || 6640 vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY || 6641 c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) { 6642 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 6643 break; 6644 } 6645 6646 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c])) { 6647 error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY); 6648 break; 6649 } 6650 6651 /* we need certain info from the top level */ 6652 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY, 6653 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0); 6654 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT, 6655 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0); 6656 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE, 6657 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0); 6658 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT, 6659 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0); 6660 6661 /* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */ 6662 ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap, !=, 0); 6663 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], 6664 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP, vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap)); 6665 6666 ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_top_zap, !=, 0); 6667 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], 6668 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP, 6669 vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_top_zap)); 6670 } 6671 6672 if (error != 0) { 6673 kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *)); 6674 kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t)); 6675 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error)); 6676 } 6677 6678 /* stop writers from using the disks */ 6679 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) { 6680 if (vml[c] != NULL) 6681 vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE; 6682 } 6683 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev); 6684 6685 /* 6686 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This 6687 * will disappear once the config is regenerated. 6688 */ 6689 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 6690 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST, 6691 glist, children) == 0); 6692 kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t)); 6693 6694 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock); 6695 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, 6696 nvl) == 0); 6697 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock); 6698 spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl; 6699 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev); 6700 6701 /* configure and create the new pool */ 6702 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0); 6703 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, 6704 exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0); 6705 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION, 6706 spa_version(spa)) == 0); 6707 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, 6708 spa->spa_config_txg) == 0); 6709 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, 6710 spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0); 6711 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)); 6712 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props, 6713 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot); 6714 6715 /* add the new pool to the namespace */ 6716 newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot); 6717 newspa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD; 6718 newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg; 6719 spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR); 6720 6721 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */ 6722 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG); 6723 6724 if (zio_injection_enabled) 6725 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1); 6726 6727 spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global); 6728 spa_async_suspend(newspa); 6729 6730 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) { 6731 if (vml[c] != NULL) { 6732 /* 6733 * Temporarily stop the initializing activity. We set 6734 * the state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume 6735 * the initializing once the split has completed. 6736 */ 6737 mutex_enter(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock); 6738 vdev_initialize_stop(vml[c], VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE); 6739 mutex_exit(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock); 6740 } 6741 } 6742 6743 newspa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT; 6744 6745 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */ 6746 error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE); 6747 if (error) 6748 goto out; 6749 6750 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */ 6751 if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) { 6752 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting, 6753 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 6754 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting, 6755 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0); 6756 spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL, 6757 B_TRUE)); 6758 } 6759 6760 /* set the props */ 6761 if (props != NULL) { 6762 spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE); 6763 error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props); 6764 if (error) 6765 goto out; 6766 } 6767 6768 /* flush everything */ 6769 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa); 6770 vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev); 6771 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG); 6772 6773 if (zio_injection_enabled) 6774 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2); 6775 6776 spa_async_resume(newspa); 6777 6778 /* finally, update the original pool's config */ 6779 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa); 6780 tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir); 6781 error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT); 6782 if (error != 0) 6783 dmu_tx_abort(tx); 6784 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) { 6785 if (vml[c] != NULL) { 6786 vdev_split(vml[c]); 6787 if (error == 0) 6788 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx, 6789 "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path); 6790 6791 vdev_free(vml[c]); 6792 } 6793 } 6794 spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD; 6795 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev); 6796 spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL; 6797 nvlist_free(nvl); 6798 if (error == 0) 6799 dmu_tx_commit(tx); 6800 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0); 6801 6802 if (zio_injection_enabled) 6803 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3); 6804 6805 /* split is complete; log a history record */ 6806 spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL, 6807 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa)); 6808 6809 kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *)); 6810 6811 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */ 6812 if (exp) 6813 error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL, 6814 B_FALSE, B_FALSE); 6815 6816 return (error); 6817 6818 out: 6819 spa_unload(newspa); 6820 spa_deactivate(newspa); 6821 spa_remove(newspa); 6822 6823 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa); 6824 6825 /* re-online all offlined disks */ 6826 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) { 6827 if (vml[c] != NULL) 6828 vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE; 6829 } 6830 6831 /* restart initializing disks as necessary */ 6832 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART); 6833 6834 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev); 6835 6836 nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting); 6837 spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL; 6838 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error); 6839 6840 kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *)); 6841 return (error); 6842 } 6843 6844 /* 6845 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's 6846 * currently spared, so we can detach it. 6847 */ 6848 static vdev_t * 6849 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd) 6850 { 6851 vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd; 6852 6853 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) { 6854 oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]); 6855 if (oldvd != NULL) 6856 return (oldvd); 6857 } 6858 6859 /* 6860 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first 6861 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be 6862 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In 6863 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically 6864 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require 6865 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep. 6866 */ 6867 if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) { 6868 ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1); 6869 6870 newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1]; 6871 oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0]; 6872 6873 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) && 6874 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) && 6875 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd)) 6876 return (oldvd); 6877 } 6878 6879 /* 6880 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set. 6881 * Also potentially update faulted state. 6882 */ 6883 if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) { 6884 vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0]; 6885 vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1]; 6886 6887 if (last->vdev_unspare) { 6888 oldvd = first; 6889 newvd = last; 6890 } else if (first->vdev_unspare) { 6891 oldvd = last; 6892 newvd = first; 6893 } else { 6894 oldvd = NULL; 6895 } 6896 6897 if (oldvd != NULL && 6898 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) && 6899 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) && 6900 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd)) 6901 return (oldvd); 6902 6903 vdev_propagate_state(vd); 6904 6905 /* 6906 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk, 6907 * and those spares are not required, then we want to 6908 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used 6909 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single 6910 * disk+spare, we stop removing them. 6911 */ 6912 if (vd->vdev_children > 2) { 6913 newvd = vd->vdev_child[1]; 6914 6915 if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare && 6916 vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) && 6917 vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) && 6918 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd)) 6919 return (newvd); 6920 } 6921 } 6922 6923 return (NULL); 6924 } 6925 6926 static void 6927 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa) 6928 { 6929 vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd; 6930 uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid; 6931 6932 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 6933 6934 while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) { 6935 pvd = vd->vdev_parent; 6936 ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent; 6937 guid = vd->vdev_guid; 6938 pguid = pvd->vdev_guid; 6939 ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid; 6940 sguid = 0; 6941 /* 6942 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then 6943 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot 6944 * spare) as well. 6945 */ 6946 if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 && 6947 ppvd->vdev_children == 2) { 6948 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops); 6949 sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid; 6950 } 6951 ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd)); 6952 6953 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 6954 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0) 6955 return; 6956 if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0) 6957 return; 6958 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 6959 } 6960 6961 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 6962 } 6963 6964 /* 6965 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev. 6966 */ 6967 int 6968 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value, 6969 boolean_t ispath) 6970 { 6971 vdev_t *vd; 6972 boolean_t sync = B_FALSE; 6973 6974 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 6975 6976 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL); 6977 6978 if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL) 6979 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT)); 6980 6981 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) 6982 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP)); 6983 6984 if (ispath) { 6985 if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) { 6986 spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path); 6987 vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value); 6988 sync = B_TRUE; 6989 } 6990 } else { 6991 if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) { 6992 vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value); 6993 sync = B_TRUE; 6994 } else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) { 6995 spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru); 6996 vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value); 6997 sync = B_TRUE; 6998 } 6999 } 7000 7001 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0)); 7002 } 7003 7004 int 7005 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath) 7006 { 7007 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE)); 7008 } 7009 7010 int 7011 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru) 7012 { 7013 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE)); 7014 } 7015 7016 /* 7017 * ========================================================================== 7018 * SPA Scanning 7019 * ========================================================================== 7020 */ 7021 int 7022 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t *spa, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd) 7023 { 7024 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0); 7025 7026 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool)) 7027 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY)); 7028 7029 return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa->spa_dsl_pool, cmd)); 7030 } 7031 7032 int 7033 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa) 7034 { 7035 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0); 7036 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool)) 7037 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY)); 7038 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool)); 7039 } 7040 7041 int 7042 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func) 7043 { 7044 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0); 7045 7046 if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE) 7047 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP)); 7048 7049 if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER && 7050 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER)) 7051 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP)); 7052 7053 /* 7054 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a 7055 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do. 7056 */ 7057 if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER && 7058 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) { 7059 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE); 7060 return (0); 7061 } 7062 7063 return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func)); 7064 } 7065 7066 /* 7067 * ========================================================================== 7068 * SPA async task processing 7069 * ========================================================================== 7070 */ 7071 7072 static void 7073 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd) 7074 { 7075 if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) { 7076 vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE; 7077 vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE; 7078 vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE); 7079 7080 /* 7081 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full 7082 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away 7083 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the 7084 * device, all of which is a waste. 7085 */ 7086 vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0; 7087 vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0; 7088 vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0; 7089 7090 vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top); 7091 } 7092 7093 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) 7094 spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]); 7095 } 7096 7097 static void 7098 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd) 7099 { 7100 if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) { 7101 vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE; 7102 vdev_reopen(vd); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */ 7103 } 7104 7105 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) 7106 spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]); 7107 } 7108 7109 static void 7110 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd) 7111 { 7112 sysevent_id_t eid; 7113 nvlist_t *attr; 7114 char *physpath; 7115 7116 if (!spa->spa_autoexpand) 7117 return; 7118 7119 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) { 7120 vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c]; 7121 spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd); 7122 } 7123 7124 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL) 7125 return; 7126 7127 physpath = kmem_zalloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP); 7128 (void) snprintf(physpath, MAXPATHLEN, "/devices%s", vd->vdev_physpath); 7129 7130 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&attr, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 7131 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(attr, DEV_PHYS_PATH, physpath) == 0); 7132 7133 (void) ddi_log_sysevent(zfs_dip, SUNW_VENDOR, EC_DEV_STATUS, 7134 ESC_DEV_DLE, attr, &eid, DDI_SLEEP); 7135 7136 nvlist_free(attr); 7137 kmem_free(physpath, MAXPATHLEN); 7138 } 7139 7140 static void 7141 spa_async_thread(void *arg) 7142 { 7143 spa_t *spa = (spa_t *)arg; 7144 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool; 7145 int tasks; 7146 7147 ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on); 7148 7149 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7150 tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks; 7151 spa->spa_async_tasks = 0; 7152 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7153 7154 /* 7155 * See if the config needs to be updated. 7156 */ 7157 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) { 7158 uint64_t old_space, new_space; 7159 7160 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 7161 old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa)); 7162 old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa)); 7163 old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa)); 7164 7165 spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL); 7166 7167 new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa)); 7168 new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa)); 7169 new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa)); 7170 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 7171 7172 /* 7173 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update, 7174 * then log an internal history event. 7175 */ 7176 if (new_space != old_space) { 7177 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL, 7178 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)", 7179 spa_name(spa), new_space, new_space - old_space); 7180 } 7181 } 7182 7183 /* 7184 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED. 7185 */ 7186 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) { 7187 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE); 7188 spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev); 7189 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) 7190 spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]); 7191 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) 7192 spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]); 7193 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0); 7194 } 7195 7196 if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) { 7197 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER); 7198 spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev); 7199 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG); 7200 } 7201 7202 /* 7203 * See if any devices need to be probed. 7204 */ 7205 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) { 7206 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE); 7207 spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev); 7208 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0); 7209 } 7210 7211 /* 7212 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them. 7213 */ 7214 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE) 7215 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa); 7216 7217 /* 7218 * Kick off a resilver. 7219 */ 7220 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER && 7221 (!dsl_scan_resilvering(dp) || 7222 !spa_feature_is_enabled(dp->dp_spa, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER))) 7223 dsl_resilver_restart(dp, 0); 7224 7225 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART) { 7226 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 7227 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER); 7228 vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev); 7229 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG); 7230 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 7231 } 7232 7233 /* 7234 * Let the world know that we're done. 7235 */ 7236 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7237 spa->spa_async_thread = NULL; 7238 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv); 7239 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7240 thread_exit(); 7241 } 7242 7243 void 7244 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa) 7245 { 7246 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7247 spa->spa_async_suspended++; 7248 while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL) 7249 cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock); 7250 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7251 7252 spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa); 7253 7254 zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr; 7255 if (condense_thread != NULL) 7256 zthr_cancel(condense_thread); 7257 7258 zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr; 7259 if (discard_thread != NULL) 7260 zthr_cancel(discard_thread); 7261 } 7262 7263 void 7264 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa) 7265 { 7266 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7267 ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0); 7268 spa->spa_async_suspended--; 7269 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7270 spa_restart_removal(spa); 7271 7272 zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr; 7273 if (condense_thread != NULL) 7274 zthr_resume(condense_thread); 7275 7276 zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr; 7277 if (discard_thread != NULL) 7278 zthr_resume(discard_thread); 7279 } 7280 7281 static boolean_t 7282 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa) 7283 { 7284 uint_t non_config_tasks; 7285 uint_t config_task; 7286 boolean_t config_task_suspended; 7287 7288 non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE; 7289 config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE; 7290 if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) { 7291 config_task_suspended = B_FALSE; 7292 } else { 7293 config_task_suspended = 7294 (gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) < 7295 (zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC); 7296 } 7297 7298 return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended)); 7299 } 7300 7301 static void 7302 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa) 7303 { 7304 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7305 if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) && 7306 !spa->spa_async_suspended && 7307 spa->spa_async_thread == NULL && 7308 rootdir != NULL) 7309 spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0, 7310 spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri); 7311 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7312 } 7313 7314 void 7315 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task) 7316 { 7317 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task); 7318 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7319 spa->spa_async_tasks |= task; 7320 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7321 } 7322 7323 /* 7324 * ========================================================================== 7325 * SPA syncing routines 7326 * ========================================================================== 7327 */ 7328 7329 static int 7330 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7331 { 7332 bpobj_t *bpo = arg; 7333 bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, tx); 7334 return (0); 7335 } 7336 7337 static int 7338 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7339 { 7340 zio_t *zio = arg; 7341 7342 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio, zio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp, 7343 zio->io_flags)); 7344 return (0); 7345 } 7346 7347 /* 7348 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the 7349 * amount of time spent syncing frees. 7350 */ 7351 static void 7352 spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7353 { 7354 zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0); 7355 bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx); 7356 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0); 7357 } 7358 7359 /* 7360 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the 7361 * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees. 7362 */ 7363 static void 7364 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7365 { 7366 if (spa_sync_pass(spa) != 1) 7367 return; 7368 7369 zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0); 7370 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, 7371 spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0); 7372 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio)); 7373 } 7374 7375 7376 static void 7377 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7378 { 7379 char *packed = NULL; 7380 size_t bufsize; 7381 size_t nvsize = 0; 7382 dmu_buf_t *db; 7383 7384 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0); 7385 7386 /* 7387 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration 7388 * information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and 7389 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about. 7390 */ 7391 bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE); 7392 packed = kmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP); 7393 7394 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR, 7395 KM_SLEEP) == 0); 7396 bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize); 7397 7398 dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx); 7399 7400 kmem_free(packed, bufsize); 7401 7402 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db)); 7403 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx); 7404 *(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize; 7405 dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG); 7406 } 7407 7408 static void 7409 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx, 7410 const char *config, const char *entry) 7411 { 7412 nvlist_t *nvroot; 7413 nvlist_t **list; 7414 int i; 7415 7416 if (!sav->sav_sync) 7417 return; 7418 7419 /* 7420 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices. 7421 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is 7422 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately. 7423 */ 7424 if (sav->sav_object == 0) { 7425 sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7426 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, 7427 sizeof (uint64_t), tx); 7428 VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7429 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, 7430 &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0); 7431 } 7432 7433 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 7434 if (sav->sav_count == 0) { 7435 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0); 7436 } else { 7437 list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP); 7438 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) 7439 list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i], 7440 B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE); 7441 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list, 7442 sav->sav_count) == 0); 7443 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) 7444 nvlist_free(list[i]); 7445 kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *)); 7446 } 7447 7448 spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx); 7449 nvlist_free(nvroot); 7450 7451 sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE; 7452 } 7453 7454 /* 7455 * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t. 7456 * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty. 7457 */ 7458 static void 7459 spa_avz_build(vdev_t *vd, uint64_t avz, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7460 { 7461 spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa; 7462 if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) { 7463 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz, 7464 vd->vdev_top_zap, tx)); 7465 } 7466 if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) { 7467 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz, 7468 vd->vdev_leaf_zap, tx)); 7469 } 7470 for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) { 7471 spa_avz_build(vd->vdev_child[i], avz, tx); 7472 } 7473 } 7474 7475 static void 7476 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7477 { 7478 nvlist_t *config; 7479 7480 /* 7481 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS, 7482 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs. 7483 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we 7484 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty. 7485 */ 7486 if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list) && 7487 spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE) 7488 return; 7489 7490 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 7491 7492 ASSERT(spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE || 7493 spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE || 7494 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps != 0); 7495 7496 if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD) { 7497 /* Make and build the new AVZ */ 7498 uint64_t new_avz = zap_create(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7499 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_OT_NONE, 0, tx); 7500 spa_avz_build(spa->spa_root_vdev, new_avz, tx); 7501 7502 /* Diff old AVZ with new one */ 7503 zap_cursor_t zc; 7504 zap_attribute_t za; 7505 7506 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset, 7507 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps); 7508 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0; 7509 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) { 7510 uint64_t vdzap = za.za_first_integer; 7511 if (zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, new_avz, 7512 vdzap) == ENOENT) { 7513 /* 7514 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one; 7515 * destroy it 7516 */ 7517 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, vdzap, 7518 tx)); 7519 } 7520 } 7521 7522 zap_cursor_fini(&zc); 7523 7524 /* Destroy the old AVZ */ 7525 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7526 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx)); 7527 7528 /* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */ 7529 VERIFY0(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7530 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, 7531 sizeof (new_avz), 1, &new_avz, tx)); 7532 7533 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = new_avz; 7534 } else if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY) { 7535 zap_cursor_t zc; 7536 zap_attribute_t za; 7537 7538 /* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */ 7539 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset, 7540 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps); 7541 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0; 7542 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) { 7543 uint64_t zap = za.za_first_integer; 7544 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, zap, tx)); 7545 } 7546 7547 zap_cursor_fini(&zc); 7548 7549 /* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */ 7550 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7551 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx)); 7552 VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7553 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx)); 7554 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = 0; 7555 } 7556 7557 if (spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps == 0) { 7558 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = zap_create_link(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7559 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, 7560 DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx); 7561 } 7562 spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_NONE; 7563 7564 /* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */ 7565 vdev_construct_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev, tx); 7566 7567 config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev, 7568 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE); 7569 7570 /* 7571 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that 7572 * the config object gets updated with the correct version. 7573 */ 7574 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version) 7575 fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION, 7576 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version); 7577 7578 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG); 7579 7580 nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing); 7581 spa->spa_config_syncing = config; 7582 7583 spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx); 7584 } 7585 7586 static void 7587 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7588 { 7589 uint64_t *versionp = arg; 7590 uint64_t version = *versionp; 7591 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa; 7592 7593 /* 7594 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool. 7595 */ 7596 ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL); 7597 7598 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version)); 7599 ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa)); 7600 7601 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version; 7602 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev); 7603 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld", version); 7604 } 7605 7606 /* 7607 * Set zpool properties. 7608 */ 7609 static void 7610 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7611 { 7612 nvlist_t *nvp = arg; 7613 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa; 7614 objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset; 7615 nvpair_t *elem = NULL; 7616 7617 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock); 7618 7619 while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) { 7620 uint64_t intval; 7621 char *strval, *fname; 7622 zpool_prop_t prop; 7623 const char *propname; 7624 zprop_type_t proptype; 7625 spa_feature_t fid; 7626 7627 switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) { 7628 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL: 7629 /* 7630 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate(). 7631 */ 7632 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem))); 7633 7634 fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1; 7635 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid)); 7636 7637 spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx); 7638 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, 7639 "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem)); 7640 break; 7641 7642 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION: 7643 intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem); 7644 /* 7645 * The version is synced seperatly before other 7646 * properties and should be correct by now. 7647 */ 7648 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval); 7649 break; 7650 7651 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT: 7652 /* 7653 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should 7654 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time. 7655 */ 7656 ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL); 7657 break; 7658 7659 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY: 7660 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE: 7661 /* 7662 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent 7663 * properties. 7664 */ 7665 break; 7666 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT: 7667 strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem); 7668 if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) 7669 spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment); 7670 spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval); 7671 /* 7672 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs 7673 * so that their labels get updated. It's unnecessary 7674 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's 7675 * configuratoin has already been dirtied. 7676 */ 7677 if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL) 7678 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev); 7679 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, 7680 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval); 7681 break; 7682 default: 7683 /* 7684 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object. 7685 */ 7686 if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) { 7687 spa->spa_pool_props_object = 7688 zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS, 7689 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS, 7690 tx); 7691 } 7692 7693 /* normalize the property name */ 7694 propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop); 7695 proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop); 7696 7697 if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) { 7698 ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING); 7699 strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem); 7700 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos, 7701 spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname, 7702 1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx)); 7703 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, 7704 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval); 7705 } else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) { 7706 intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem); 7707 7708 if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) { 7709 const char *unused; 7710 VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string( 7711 prop, intval, &unused)); 7712 } 7713 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos, 7714 spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname, 7715 8, 1, &intval, tx)); 7716 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, 7717 "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem), intval); 7718 } else { 7719 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */ 7720 } 7721 7722 switch (prop) { 7723 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION: 7724 spa->spa_delegation = intval; 7725 break; 7726 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS: 7727 spa->spa_bootfs = intval; 7728 break; 7729 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE: 7730 spa->spa_failmode = intval; 7731 break; 7732 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND: 7733 spa->spa_autoexpand = intval; 7734 if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL) 7735 spa_async_request(spa, 7736 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND); 7737 break; 7738 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST: 7739 spa->spa_multihost = intval; 7740 break; 7741 case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO: 7742 spa->spa_dedup_ditto = intval; 7743 break; 7744 default: 7745 break; 7746 } 7747 } 7748 7749 } 7750 7751 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock); 7752 } 7753 7754 /* 7755 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not 7756 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this 7757 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes. 7758 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync 7759 * tasks. 7760 */ 7761 static void 7762 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7763 { 7764 if (spa_sync_pass(spa) != 1) 7765 return; 7766 7767 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool; 7768 rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG); 7769 7770 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN && 7771 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) { 7772 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx); 7773 7774 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */ 7775 spa->spa_minref += 3; 7776 } 7777 7778 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES && 7779 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) { 7780 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx); 7781 } 7782 7783 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES && 7784 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) { 7785 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx); 7786 7787 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */ 7788 spa->spa_minref += 3; 7789 } 7790 7791 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES && 7792 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) { 7793 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx); 7794 } 7795 7796 /* 7797 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable 7798 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added 7799 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have 7800 * this feature active 7801 */ 7802 if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) { 7803 boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, 7804 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS); 7805 boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa, 7806 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS); 7807 7808 if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac) 7809 spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx); 7810 } 7811 7812 /* 7813 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the 7814 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since 7815 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible. 7816 */ 7817 if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, 7818 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) { 7819 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7820 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1, 7821 sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes), 7822 spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx)); 7823 } 7824 7825 rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG); 7826 } 7827 7828 static void 7829 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t *vd) 7830 { 7831 vdev_indirect_mapping_t *vim = vd->vdev_indirect_mapping; 7832 vdev_indirect_births_t *vib = vd->vdev_indirect_births; 7833 7834 if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops) { 7835 ASSERT(vim != NULL); 7836 ASSERT(vib != NULL); 7837 } 7838 7839 if (vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd) != 0) { 7840 ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm != NULL); 7841 ASSERT(vd->vdev_removing || 7842 vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops); 7843 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim) > 0); 7844 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim) > 0); 7845 7846 ASSERT3U(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd), ==, 7847 space_map_object(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm)); 7848 ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim), >=, 7849 space_map_allocated(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm)); 7850 } 7851 ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments != NULL); 7852 7853 /* 7854 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only 7855 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments 7856 * tree must be empty when we start syncing. 7857 */ 7858 ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments)); 7859 } 7860 7861 /* 7862 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each top-level's 7863 * async write queue depth in case it changed. The max queue depth will 7864 * not change in the middle of syncing out this txg. 7865 */ 7866 static void 7867 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa_t *spa) 7868 { 7869 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 7870 7871 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 7872 uint32_t max_queue_depth = zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active * 7873 zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct / 100; 7874 metaslab_class_t *normal = spa_normal_class(spa); 7875 metaslab_class_t *special = spa_special_class(spa); 7876 metaslab_class_t *dedup = spa_dedup_class(spa); 7877 7878 uint64_t slots_per_allocator = 0; 7879 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 7880 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 7881 7882 metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg; 7883 if (mg == NULL || !metaslab_group_initialized(mg)) 7884 continue; 7885 7886 metaslab_class_t *mc = mg->mg_class; 7887 if (mc != normal && mc != special && mc != dedup) 7888 continue; 7889 7890 /* 7891 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async 7892 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async 7893 * allocations all happen from spa_sync(). 7894 */ 7895 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) 7896 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count( 7897 &(mg->mg_alloc_queue_depth[i]))); 7898 mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth = max_queue_depth; 7899 7900 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) { 7901 mg->mg_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth[i] = 7902 zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth; 7903 } 7904 slots_per_allocator += zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth; 7905 } 7906 7907 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) { 7908 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal->mc_alloc_slots[i])); 7909 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special->mc_alloc_slots[i])); 7910 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup->mc_alloc_slots[i])); 7911 normal->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator; 7912 special->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator; 7913 dedup->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator; 7914 } 7915 normal->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled; 7916 special->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled; 7917 dedup->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled; 7918 } 7919 7920 static void 7921 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7922 { 7923 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 7924 7925 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 7926 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 7927 vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 7928 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd); 7929 7930 if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd)) { 7931 spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd, tx); 7932 break; 7933 } 7934 } 7935 } 7936 7937 static void 7938 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7939 { 7940 objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset; 7941 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool; 7942 uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg; 7943 bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK]; 7944 7945 do { 7946 int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass; 7947 7948 spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx); 7949 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx, 7950 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES); 7951 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx, 7952 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE); 7953 spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg); 7954 dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg); 7955 7956 if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free) { 7957 spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx); 7958 } else { 7959 /* 7960 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because 7961 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1. 7962 */ 7963 ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1); 7964 bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_cb, 7965 &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx); 7966 } 7967 7968 ddt_sync(spa, txg); 7969 dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx); 7970 svr_sync(spa, tx); 7971 spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx); 7972 7973 vdev_t *vd = NULL; 7974 while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg)) 7975 != NULL) 7976 vdev_sync(vd, txg); 7977 7978 /* 7979 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty because we could 7980 * have marked the MOS dirty without updating the uberblock 7981 * (e.g. if we have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We need 7982 * to check the uberblock's rootbp because it is updated if we 7983 * have synced out dirty data (though in this case the MOS will 7984 * most likely also be dirty due to second order effects, we 7985 * don't want to rely on that here). 7986 */ 7987 if (pass == 1 && 7988 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg && 7989 !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) { 7990 /* 7991 * Nothing changed on the first pass, therefore this 7992 * TXG is a no-op. Avoid syncing deferred frees, so 7993 * that we can keep this TXG as a no-op. 7994 */ 7995 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg)); 7996 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg)); 7997 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg)); 7998 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_early_sync_tasks, txg)); 7999 break; 8000 } 8001 8002 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx); 8003 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)); 8004 } 8005 8006 /* 8007 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) to 8008 * commit the transaction group. 8009 * 8010 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few random 8011 * top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the config cache 8012 * (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). If there *are* dirty 8013 * vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs. 8014 */ 8015 static void 8016 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx) 8017 { 8018 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 8019 uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg; 8020 8021 for (;;) { 8022 int error = 0; 8023 8024 /* 8025 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc. 8026 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels. 8027 */ 8028 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 8029 8030 if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) { 8031 vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL }; 8032 int svdcount = 0; 8033 int children = rvd->vdev_children; 8034 int c0 = spa_get_random(children); 8035 8036 for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) { 8037 vdev_t *vd = 8038 rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children]; 8039 8040 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */ 8041 if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd) 8042 break; 8043 8044 if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || 8045 vd->vdev_islog || 8046 !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) 8047 continue; 8048 8049 svd[svdcount++] = vd; 8050 if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS) 8051 break; 8052 } 8053 error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg); 8054 } else { 8055 error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child, 8056 rvd->vdev_children, txg); 8057 } 8058 8059 if (error == 0) 8060 spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid; 8061 8062 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG); 8063 8064 if (error == 0) 8065 break; 8066 zio_suspend(spa, NULL, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR); 8067 zio_resume_wait(spa); 8068 } 8069 } 8070 8071 /* 8072 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as 8073 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges. 8074 */ 8075 void 8076 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg) 8077 { 8078 vdev_t *vd = NULL; 8079 8080 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa)); 8081 8082 /* 8083 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete 8084 * before this txg syncs. 8085 */ 8086 (void) zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK]); 8087 spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 8088 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL); 8089 8090 /* 8091 * Lock out configuration changes. 8092 */ 8093 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER); 8094 8095 spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg; 8096 spa->spa_sync_pass = 0; 8097 8098 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) { 8099 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]); 8100 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i])); 8101 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]); 8102 } 8103 8104 /* 8105 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them 8106 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group. 8107 */ 8108 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 8109 while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) { 8110 /* 8111 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs, 8112 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config. 8113 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we 8114 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs 8115 * into the root vdev tree. 8116 */ 8117 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG); 8118 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 8119 while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) { 8120 vdev_state_clean(vd); 8121 vdev_config_dirty(vd); 8122 } 8123 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG); 8124 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 8125 } 8126 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG); 8127 8128 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool; 8129 dmu_tx_t *tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg); 8130 8131 spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime(); 8132 VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, 8133 spa->spa_sync_starttime + spa->spa_deadman_synctime)); 8134 8135 /* 8136 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg, 8137 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs. 8138 */ 8139 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE && 8140 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) { 8141 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 8142 8143 int i; 8144 for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) { 8145 vd = rvd->vdev_child[i]; 8146 if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE) 8147 break; 8148 } 8149 if (i == rvd->vdev_children) { 8150 spa->spa_deflate = TRUE; 8151 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset, 8152 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, 8153 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx)); 8154 } 8155 } 8156 8157 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa); 8158 8159 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa, tx); 8160 8161 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa, tx); 8162 8163 #ifdef ZFS_DEBUG 8164 if (!list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) { 8165 /* 8166 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches 8167 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets 8168 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be 8169 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in 8170 * spa_sync_config_object. 8171 */ 8172 uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count; 8173 ASSERT0(zap_count(spa->spa_meta_objset, 8174 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count)); 8175 ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev), ==, 8176 all_vdev_zap_entry_count); 8177 } 8178 #endif 8179 8180 if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) { 8181 ASSERT0(spa->spa_vdev_removal->svr_bytes_done[txg & TXG_MASK]); 8182 } 8183 8184 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa, tx); 8185 dmu_tx_commit(tx); 8186 8187 VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, CY_INFINITY)); 8188 8189 /* 8190 * Clear the dirty config list. 8191 */ 8192 while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL) 8193 vdev_config_clean(vd); 8194 8195 /* 8196 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally, 8197 * let it become visible to the config cache. 8198 */ 8199 if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) { 8200 spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing); 8201 spa->spa_config_txg = txg; 8202 spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL; 8203 } 8204 8205 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg); 8206 8207 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) { 8208 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]); 8209 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i])); 8210 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]); 8211 } 8212 8213 /* 8214 * Update usable space statistics. 8215 */ 8216 while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg))) 8217 != NULL) 8218 vdev_sync_done(vd, txg); 8219 8220 spa_update_dspace(spa); 8221 8222 /* 8223 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything 8224 * since vdev_config_sync(). 8225 */ 8226 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg)); 8227 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg)); 8228 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg)); 8229 8230 while (zfs_pause_spa_sync) 8231 delay(1); 8232 8233 spa->spa_sync_pass = 0; 8234 8235 /* 8236 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at 8237 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg() 8238 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with 8239 * that txg has been completed. 8240 */ 8241 spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock; 8242 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG); 8243 8244 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa); 8245 8246 /* 8247 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off. 8248 */ 8249 spa_async_dispatch(spa); 8250 } 8251 8252 /* 8253 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these 8254 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the 8255 * sync. 8256 */ 8257 void 8258 spa_sync_allpools(void) 8259 { 8260 spa_t *spa = NULL; 8261 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 8262 while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) { 8263 if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE || 8264 !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa)) 8265 continue; 8266 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG); 8267 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 8268 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0); 8269 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 8270 spa_close(spa, FTAG); 8271 } 8272 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 8273 } 8274 8275 /* 8276 * ========================================================================== 8277 * Miscellaneous routines 8278 * ========================================================================== 8279 */ 8280 8281 /* 8282 * Remove all pools in the system. 8283 */ 8284 void 8285 spa_evict_all(void) 8286 { 8287 spa_t *spa; 8288 8289 /* 8290 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now, 8291 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced. 8292 */ 8293 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 8294 while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) { 8295 /* 8296 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach 8297 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing 8298 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here. 8299 */ 8300 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG); 8301 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 8302 spa_async_suspend(spa); 8303 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 8304 spa_close(spa, FTAG); 8305 8306 if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) { 8307 spa_unload(spa); 8308 spa_deactivate(spa); 8309 } 8310 spa_remove(spa); 8311 } 8312 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 8313 } 8314 8315 vdev_t * 8316 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux) 8317 { 8318 vdev_t *vd; 8319 int i; 8320 8321 if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL) 8322 return (vd); 8323 8324 if (aux) { 8325 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) { 8326 vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]; 8327 if (vd->vdev_guid == guid) 8328 return (vd); 8329 } 8330 8331 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) { 8332 vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]; 8333 if (vd->vdev_guid == guid) 8334 return (vd); 8335 } 8336 } 8337 8338 return (NULL); 8339 } 8340 8341 void 8342 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version) 8343 { 8344 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 8345 8346 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 8347 8348 /* 8349 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a 8350 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be 8351 * possible. 8352 */ 8353 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)); 8354 ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version); 8355 8356 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version; 8357 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev); 8358 8359 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 8360 8361 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0); 8362 } 8363 8364 boolean_t 8365 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid) 8366 { 8367 int i; 8368 uint64_t spareguid; 8369 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares; 8370 8371 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) 8372 if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid) 8373 return (B_TRUE); 8374 8375 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) { 8376 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, 8377 &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid) 8378 return (B_TRUE); 8379 } 8380 8381 return (B_FALSE); 8382 } 8383 8384 /* 8385 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device. 8386 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace 8387 */ 8388 static boolean_t 8389 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa) 8390 { 8391 int i, refcnt; 8392 uint64_t pool; 8393 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares; 8394 8395 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) { 8396 if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool, 8397 &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) && 8398 refcnt > 2) 8399 return (B_TRUE); 8400 } 8401 8402 return (B_FALSE); 8403 } 8404 8405 sysevent_t * 8406 spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name) 8407 { 8408 sysevent_t *ev = NULL; 8409 #ifdef _KERNEL 8410 sysevent_attr_list_t *attr = NULL; 8411 sysevent_value_t value; 8412 8413 ev = sysevent_alloc(EC_ZFS, (char *)name, SUNW_KERN_PUB "zfs", 8414 SE_SLEEP); 8415 ASSERT(ev != NULL); 8416 8417 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING; 8418 value.value.sv_string = spa_name(spa); 8419 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_NAME, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0) 8420 goto done; 8421 8422 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64; 8423 value.value.sv_uint64 = spa_guid(spa); 8424 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_GUID, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0) 8425 goto done; 8426 8427 if (vd) { 8428 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64; 8429 value.value.sv_uint64 = vd->vdev_guid; 8430 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID, &value, 8431 SE_SLEEP) != 0) 8432 goto done; 8433 8434 if (vd->vdev_path) { 8435 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING; 8436 value.value.sv_string = vd->vdev_path; 8437 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_PATH, 8438 &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0) 8439 goto done; 8440 } 8441 } 8442 8443 if (hist_nvl != NULL) { 8444 fnvlist_merge((nvlist_t *)attr, hist_nvl); 8445 } 8446 8447 if (sysevent_attach_attributes(ev, attr) != 0) 8448 goto done; 8449 attr = NULL; 8450 8451 done: 8452 if (attr) 8453 sysevent_free_attr(attr); 8454 8455 #endif 8456 return (ev); 8457 } 8458 8459 void 8460 spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev) 8461 { 8462 #ifdef _KERNEL 8463 sysevent_id_t eid; 8464 8465 (void) log_sysevent(ev, SE_SLEEP, &eid); 8466 sysevent_free(ev); 8467 #endif 8468 } 8469 8470 void 8471 spa_event_discard(sysevent_t *ev) 8472 { 8473 #ifdef _KERNEL 8474 sysevent_free(ev); 8475 #endif 8476 } 8477 8478 /* 8479 * Post a sysevent corresponding to the given event. The 'name' must be one of 8480 * the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be 8481 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev and history nvl. This 8482 * doesn't do anything in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to 8483 * misinterpret ztest or zdb as real changes. 8484 */ 8485 void 8486 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name) 8487 { 8488 spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa, vd, hist_nvl, name)); 8489 } 8490